PRICE 4/- Vol. 15, No. 1-2 September, 1954

THE

Queensland Naturalist

JOURNAL OF THE

QUEENSLAND NATURALISTS' CLUB
^^The Poetry of Earth is never deadJ^ — ^Keats

The Author of each Article is responsible for

the statements expressed therein

CONTENTS

Page

! Proceedings 1

Annual Report ^

Presidential Address 7

The Basket-nest Spider 15

f . ■ A Proposed New Genus of the Family Orchidaccae 17

Key to the Common Fresh Water Fishes of South-
ern Queensland 21

Can I Eat That Toadstool ? II - 26

Plant Colonisation of the Southport Sand Spit 29

A New Eria from North Queensland 33

A Record of Trichopeltula S.B. of Queensland 36

Report of Librarian 37

Heber Albert Longman 38

I

The Queensland Naturalists’ Club

(i>

Official Journal — The Queensland Naturalist

OFFICE-BEARERS, 1953-54

President :

Mr. T. E. Hunt
Vice-Presidents :

Miss M. Holland, Mr. G. H. Barker

Hon, Secretary:

Miss M. Hawken
5 Kidstone St., Albion

Hon. Treasurer:

Miss K. Strong
Villiers St., New Farm

Hon. Librarian:

Mrs. G. L. Jackson
Committee :

Mr. S. T. Blake, Dr. E. 0. Marks, Mr. G. L. Jackson,
Mr. L. Smith

Hon. Editor :

Mr. A. B. Cribb

Department of Botany, University of Queensland

Hon. Lanterfiist: Mr. K. T. Cameron
Hon. Auditor: Mr. A. R. Brimblecombe

SUBSCRIPTIONS :

Ordinary Members 20s. per annum

Country Members 10s. per annum

Junior Members 10s. per annum

Joint Members (Husband & Wile) 30s. per annum

MEETINGS :

Evening Meetings ore held at the Brisbane Women's Club Rooms,
148 Adelaide Street, on the. third Monday of every month.
Excursions are held once a month from March to December.

THR

QUEENSLAND NATURaCiST'

Otyicial Journal— The Queensland Naturalist

PRICE, 4 /- Vul. 15, Nos. 1 2, September, 1954

proceedings

EVENING MEETING, IGtb Eeb., 1958— As the
speaker arranpred for the evening' was unable to be present
the evening \vas devoted to exhibits amongst which were
the following: an axe from the Keilor i)laiii, and various
geolo«‘ical specimens (]\Tr. F. S. Colliver) ; agates and a
pebble holding a bubble of water (Dr. E. O. Marks) ;
flower and fruit of night-flowering catdus and stalked
puffball (Podaxis) {(Miss J. AV. Herbert); examples of
plant fasciation (Mr. A. H. Cribb); rock specimen from
Taylor Ra. (Mr. T. Bake) ; an instrument for examining
insects under the microscope (Dr. E. N. i\rarks) : eggsac of
magnificent spider (iMiss E. Bail'd) ; photos of the
R.A.O.I". trij) to ihe Ro(dvham])ton district in 1924 (Mrs.
(’roll). Mr. C. McLellan and Mrs. W. IM. Bristow were
elected oi'dinary members of the Club.

.SPECIAL* :\IEETING, Ibth March. 1958- F^everal
amendments to the rules w(u*e distuissed and passed un-
animously.

EVENING MEETING, Kith March, 1958— A large
number of members was present and the Ib-esident reported
on the excursion on 14th March to Ormiston House. The
grounds w'ere inspected and the enormous Banyan tree
was of special interest. (Miss Mac(’artney kindly provided
hot water and milk for afternoon tea on tln^ lawn and
afterwards invited members to inspect tlie historic old
home. Miss Ijesbia Dobson was (dected to oi'dinary mem-
bership. ‘'Ehu'a and Eauna Prote(dion ’ ' was the title of
the montldy lecture delivered by Mr. J. A. Gresty. Chief
Eoi'cst Ranger. i\Ir. Gresty stressed tlie urgent need for
protecting our flora and fauna and suggested that prop-
aganda start in the schools. The following were amongst
the exhibits tabled by members: the skin of a bimsh-tailed
Phascofjale from Kalbar. a, giant wood moth, and a stag
beetle ()\Ir. E. J. Smith) ; geological specimens from the
Ormiston district (Di*. E. O. Marks) : cactus floAV(U's (Miss
Love) ; semi-precious stones- both natui'al and polished
(Mr. E. S. Colliver).

2

EXTRAOKDINARY MEETING, 23rd. March, 1953
— Dr. R. Melville, botanist in charge of the Australian
collection at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, delivered
the C. T. White memorial lecture entitled “Some impres-
sions of the Victorian flora/'

EVENING MEETING, 20th April, 1953— The sec-
retary reported on the excursion to Mt. Gravatt on 18th
March when the ten members present had been cauj^ht in
a storm early in the afternoon. Several members reported
on the Easter camp at Mt. Ballow Gor^e attended by
thirty-four members. Perfect weather was enjoyed and a
camp fire on the Saturday night was attended by fifteen
of the local residents. Professor W. IT. Bryan explained
the geology of the area, and Mr. T. E. limit reported
twenty-seven species of orchids from fourteen genera. Mr.
F. S. Colliver told of the land shells he had found, two of
the specimens not collected elsewhere on Mt. Ballow being
taken from a bower bird's nest. Birds were not particularly
plentiful, but Miss D. Coxon reported bell birds and lyre
birds amonst the species seen. Dr. E. O. Marks told of the
seventeen species of mosquitoes collected. Mrs. W. jM.
Bristow exhibited hanging moss and a lichen collected near
Binnaburra.

EVENING MEETING, 18th May. 1953— Members
reported on the excursion to Deception Bay on 4th May ;
IVlr. S. T. Blake had found that the Hg stand of Papijvus
planted by Dr. Bancroft was from Uganda and not from
Egypt ; a jabirn was amongst the forty-nine snecies of
birds reported for the trip by Miss M. Hawken. Mr. F. S.
Colliver reported that a specimen containing molybdenite
had been found on the excursion to St. Johns Wood
onarry on 16th May. Mr. Francis Ratcliffe gave a talk on
his work with the Wild Life Section of C.S.I.R.O., and
explained how myxomatosis was beimz’ used to control the
rabbit ; work was also being done with mutton birds and
Ibis. Mr. E. J. Smith exhibited a number of specimens
including a flat-tailed gecko, sharp-snouted snake-lizard,
earth star fungus and otoliths from the head of a fish.

EVENING MEETING, 15th June, 1953— The meet-
ing was a combined one with the National Parks Associa-
tion and Royal Society of Queensland and about 400
members and friends were present. The Secretary reported
that slie had planted a tree in the name of the Club on
the “Save the Trees Campaign" trip to Beerwah on 24th
May. The monthly excursion was to Enoggera Reservoir
and the President reported that a pair of Jaeana and two
Great Crested Grebes had been seen there. The monthly
lecture was given by Mr, Crosbie Morrison who spoke on

3

the R.A.O.IT. visit to OcMitral Australia in 1952 and showed
a colour film taken on tlie trip.

ANNUAL MEETING. 2()th July, 1953-^The 47th
Annual Report and the Librariairs Report were presented
and the election of officers resulted as shown on the inside
of the front cover. Miss Kelly was elected to ordinary
membership of the Club.

A presentation was made to Mr. W. J. Sanderson who
was resijjnin^ from the position of Honorary Lanternist
after thirty years. The retiring: President (lelivered her
Presidential address entitled 'MTorizo}is of Taxonomy.’'
The following Avere amon} 2 :st the exhibits tabled by mem-
bers: fossil specimens of pines and ferns, and a photo of
ejr" sacs of magnificent spider at Kalbar (Mr. E. d. Smith) ;
two nature study books prepared by a younj? school boy
fMr. F. S. Colliver) ; skeleton heads of two snakes from
Boonah (Mr. T. E. Hunt).

EVENING MEETING, 17th Auj^ust, 1953 — The
monthly excursion was to the Sherwood Arboretum and
Mrs. G. CroIUs ^jarden. Professor W. H. Bryan commented
on the geology of the area and Miss T). Coxon reported
that not many species of birds were seen though grey
fantails were numerous. Dr. Owen Jones, Director of the
Seismological Station at the University of Queensland gave
a lecture on “Earthquakes and Earthquake Recording.”
Mr. Alexander Walker, the A.B.C. bird imitator, gave a
short demonstration of his remarkable skill. The follow-
ing were amongst the exhibits tabled by members: head
of a catfish and Burdekin plum (Mr. E. J. Smith) ; fossil
fish from Redbank (Dr. E. O. Alarks) ; mosquitoes and
spiders (Mr. Gamble) : small specimens of bore fish (Mr.
N. Kelly); seed pod (Mrs. W. M. Bristow).

EVENING MEETING, 21st Sept., 1953— Mr. F. S.
Colliver commented on the monthly trip which had been
to the Chermside Hills ; OAving to the general dry AA^eather
the excursion, though interesting, was not a good one. The
meeting Avas devoted to the yearly wild flower display. A
good selection Avas exhibited, and Mr. S. T. Blake identi-
fied and commented on the specimens.

EVENING MEETING, 19th Oct., 1953— Dr. E. N.
Marks commented on the excursion on 17th Oct. from
Thornside to Birkdale. Miss M. Holland said that the party
had observed Kookaburras trying to dislodge a goanna
from a tree ; double-bar finches were nesting in mistletoe
and numerous waders Avere seen at the seashore. Miss M.
Holland spoke on “Some Birds of the North” mainly as
seen by members of the R.A.O.U. at their recent camp-out.
Miss C. Wood, Mr, C, Diatloff, and Mr, F, Kimze were

4

elected ordinary members of the Club. Three films were
shown. The following were among'st the exhibits tabled by
members: fossil Jurassic ferns (Mr. E. J. Smith) ; pseudo-
bulbs of Dendrohium sqjeciosifm var. hillii ,(Dr. E. 0.
Marks) ; flowers from Cuuniu^ham's Gap (Mrs. W. M.
P>ristow) ; shells and seed pods from Nortli (^iieensland
(Miss M. Ilawken).

EVENING MEETING, 16th Nov., 1953 — About
fifty-seven members Avere present at the excursion on 15tli
Nov. to the Jones bee farm at Redbank Plains. T'he Presi-
dent said that Mr. Jones liad explained mucli about the
bees and that the fossil beds had been visited by most
members of the partv. Dr. E. N. Marks repoided finding
moscpiito larvae of a Avestern species in Avatei* in an old
tree stump. Mr. R. T. Blake identified botanical specimens
from the area, and Miss D. Coxon reported seeing friar
birds and a yelloAV tufted honey-eater. Mr. P. R. Tolliver
spoke about the rich fossil beds of the area and exhibited
several fossil fish. Dr. E. N. Marks exhibited specimens of
various bees and spoke of their habits, and Dr. T. E. lYood-
Avard ! 2 :ave a lecture on ‘^The Dance o*^ the Bees” describ-
ing the almost unbelievable methods of communication
between bees Avhich had recently been discoATred. The
folloAving Avere amongst the exhibits tablrd hy members:
flexible sandstone (Miss M. Holland) ; fossil skeleton of
cuttlefish (Ml*. R„ Bredon); floAvers (Mi*s. AV. M. Bris-
toAv) ; pictures of frogs (Miss E. Baird) ; gibbers from
Rtonehenge, O.neensland (Mr. G. II. Barker) ; egffs of
tortoise (Mr. E. J. Smith) ; fossil fish taken from Redbank
Plains tAventy years ago (Mr. A. E. Roberts') : Avalking
fern collected at Mpnto (Miss J. AY. Herbert). Rupper Avas
served after the meeting.

annual report for the year 1952-53

Ladies and Gentlemen,

Your Council has pleasure in submitting the 47th
Annual Report.

During the year the Club has engaged in all its usual
activities.

MEETINGS — There have been 10 ordinary, 1 special
and 1 extraordinary meeting; 11 field excursions, and 10
council meetings.

Attendance at Council meetings AA^ere as folloAvs : Miss
AI. Hawken. Air. E. S. Colliver, 9 ; Aliss K. Strong. Mr. K. T.
Cameron, Dr. E. 0. Alarks, Dr. E. N. Alarks, 8; Airs. G.
L. Jackson, Air. G. H. Barker, 7; Air. T. E. Hunt, 6; Mr.
G. L. Jackson, Mr. R. Squire, 5 ; Mr. AA^. J. Sanderson,

5

Mr. S. T. Blake, Mr. A. B. Cribb, 3; Mr. G. Mack. 2; Mr.
J. T. "Woods, 1.

i\Ir. Mack resio’iied from the Council in November and
Mr. G. II. Barker was appointed vice-president for the
remainder of the year. Mr. J. T. Woods resigned from the
editorship in November and Mr. A. B. Cribb was appointed
ill his place. Mr. R. Squire, Excursion Secretary, was
unable to carry on towards the end of the year and an
account of the excursions is therefore included in this
report.

EVENING MEETINGS— These have been varied and
interesting and we have had some distin<^uished visitiuji'
lecturers. The Club was fortunate to secure Dr. R. Melville
of Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, to deliver the second
C. T. White Memorial Lecture at an extraordinary meet-
ing in March. Illustrated talks were given bv Messrs F.
N. Ratcliffe. D. AVale, J. A. Gresty, and Dr. E. N. Marks.
Mr. G. Mack and Dr. Stanley Roe contributed to a film
evenhig and three meetings were devoted to exhibits. Aver-
age attendance was 50. At the final meeting of the year,
the National Parks Association and Royal Society of
Queensland joined us to hear Mr. Crosbie Morrison and
view his film of Centra! Australia; about 400 tvere present
at this meeting.

A special meeting in Alarch parsed a number of
alterations to the rules of the club.

Numerous members have exhibited specimens during
the year; special mention should be made of Mr. E. Smith
and All*. P. S. Colliver.

AIEMBERSIIIP^ — ^During the year w(‘ heard with
i^egret of the death of Mr. C. AV. Holland, a foundation
member of the club and Honorary Secretary during its
formative years. After ill health forced his retirement from
active participation, he continued to serve the club as
Honorary Auditor.

Meynhership of (he Chd) comprises: Honorary. 4; Or-
dinary. 134; Country, 23; Junior, 1; Total, 162. During
the yeai* 13 ucav members were elected. 12 resigned and
seven names were removed from the list.

^H^FEENSLAND NATFRALIST’^ — Two issues
have been published. In a discussion of the journal at The
November meeting, members decided unanimously to
continue the printing of the emblem, motto and proceed-
ings of meetings.

EXCURSIONS — Attendance at several excursions
was excellent but some have been disappointing. The
spread of the city has taken toll of some of our haunts but
has brought others within access by public transport.

6

The following places were visited :* July — from the
top of Samford Range back to Ferny Grove ; August — from
Woodridge to Kuraby ; September — an all day trip to
Ngun Ngun, one of the Glasshouse Mountains, which was
climbed by most of the party ; October — Mt. Cootha Kiosk
to Bardon; November — an all day trip to the West Bur-
leigh Fauna Reserve, where Mr. David Fleay showed
members his various native animals and we noted with
pleasure the excellent manner in which they are cared for ;
March — a visit to Ormiston House and grounds at the
kind invitation of Miss Macartney; April — Mt. Gravatt :
May Day — an all day trip to Deception Bay, where a
jabiru was seen; May — St. John’s Wood Quarry; June —
Enoggera Reservoir.

EASTER CAMP — Thirty-three members and friends
attended the Easter camp on Burnett Creek at the foot of
Mt. Ballow. near V. Hancock & Sons timber mill ; we were
pleased to have Dr. Melville with us. We are much in-
debted to Messrs G. and W. Fletcher, on whose property
we camped, to Mr. V. Hancock through Avhom we received
help from the mill staff in setting up camp, and truck
transport up some of the timber tracks, and also to the
mill staff themselves for their assistance and thought Gil-
ness.

Various trips were made to the slopes of Mt. Ballow
and Mt. Clunie and the area proved very interesting to
all. On the Saturday evening, thirteen local people joined
us at a camp fire, at which we had talks by Dr. Melville
on the history of Kev' Gardens, and Professor Bryan on
the local geology, followed by a sing-song and supper.

SPECIAL ACTIVITIES — The club noted with
pleasure the award of the Mueller Medal to Mr. H. A.
Longman and at the invitation of the Royal Society of
Queensland members attended the meetiiig at which the
medal was presented to Mr. Longman on behalf of
A.N.Z.A.A.S.

The club was represented on a deputation from kin-
dred societies, organised by the National Parks Association,
which interviewed an officer of the Department of Ag-
riculture and Stock regarding suggested measures to com-
bat the indiscriminate use of firearms.

The club wrote to the Under-Secretary, Department
of Agriculture and Stock, asking for action on press re-
ports of shooting of protected animals at Karumbah : we
have been advised that appropriate action has been taken.

At the request of the Gixd Guides Association, three
members visited Kindalen and gave instruction on the
natural history of the area.

7

At the request of Miss S. E. Cameron, two council
members inspected an area of land near Southport which
she wished to have made a reserve.

The club has asked the City Council to place an ap-
propriate sign in the C. T. White Memorial Park.

E. N. MARKS, President.

M, HAWKEN, Hon. Secretary.

HORIZONS OF TAXONOMY
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS

ELIZABETH N. MARKS

There are among the members of this club, perhaps a
dozen of us whose chief interest or occupation is the
taxonomy or systematics of a particular group of animals
or plants — that is, the classification of a specimen down
to its genus and species. If the specimen does 'not belong
to any known genus or species, the taxonomist will describe
aud name it in accordance with an international set of
rules.

Many people, though they can see the use of a name
for a grass or mosquito which may be of economic or medi-
cal importance to man, wonder what good there is in having
names for each tiny insect, shell and seaweed. As natural-
ists, you often ask a botanist or zoologist for the name of a
specimen, and you have a far better appreciation than the
average man-in-the-street of Avhat is meant by a genus and
species and of the value there is in having a name for
every animal and plant. Even so, I am sure that many
of you think of taxonomy as a dry-as-dust subject and
wonder how anyone can find it interesting to sit down and
measure the size of spores of a fungus, the angle of the
veins on a leaf, the width between the eyes of a bug, or
the length of a mosquito's tibia. Perhaps you think that
the explanation lies in a mind that likes to have everything
neatly pigeon-holed, but if you see the state of the average
taxonomist’s work bench, you Avill liave doubts about that.

I should like to give you a view of the horizons of the
taxonomist because it is what he glimpses, or hopes to find
beyond the horizon that rewards the immediate tedium of
measuring and counting. I hope to show you the relation-
ship of taxonomy, not to man’s needs or uses, but to our
general knowledge of Natiire and its processes, and to give
you some examples of what taxonomy can draw from or
contribute to other branches of science.

Our present system of classification of animals and
plants Avas devised by Linnaeus almost 200 years ago. He

8

regarded the genus and species as fixed and static. Now
adays; in the light of the theory of evolution, the study of
gxuietics, and tin* discovery- of extensive geograpiueal var-
iation, the modern concept of these categories is dynamic.
Tims K. Mayr <lefiiies animal species as groups of actually
or pottmtially iiitei'h'i^eeding natural populations, which
are I'epi oductively isolat(al from other such groups. Tlic
s])(‘cies, tlum. is recognis(cl as a natural unit, not merely a
convenient category fm* classifying museum specimens.
Tile g(Mius and higlnn- categories aic* based on the natural
]dienomenon that sp<'ci('s are not exauily distinct from om‘
another but can be aTranged in smaller or larger groui’is
seinirated by smaller or larger gaps. But how many siicli
groups ai‘(' to imhiuhal in one genus or family is de-
cided as a matter of conv{'nieiiC(' by taxonomists, and thev
are therefore not natural units. Bor instance, in mosquitoes
Ave find it convenient to have a lew large geiuu'a divided
into numerous subgc'mu-a, so that each genus contains hun-
dreds of species. Brol)ably (nich subgenus <;f mos(]iiitoes is
e(piival(uit to a genus in another group of anima's. but
they are both natural groupings.

It is ginu'rally acce])ted now that amongst animals,
species usually evolve gradually, by small (diaiiges in iso-
lated impulations. If think of evolution (‘ontinuing all
ihe time, it folloAVs that w(c should (and do) find in naturt'
all gradations upwards froni a ])opulatio]i that has becni
sufficiently isolated from the nearest members of the same
species to develop a few small distiucti\'e charact(^i‘s. ami
thus may be an incipient sp(^ci(‘s. No syst(un of names can
ad(a|uately represent all tlu' com])licatt'tl intmuadationships
found in nature.

Th(' sjnitial isolation lu’edcal for species d('V('lopmeut
retiiiires that tluua' shouh] be practically no interbrecfliug
with relat(Hl po])ulations. This usualh' nnums soim* g(‘o-
gi'aphical bari*i('r which, depending on tlu^ animal, may be
for ('xample water, mountains, dt^sert. i:'c oi* a belt of
rain forest. Wheri' populations hav(' bc(Ui isolated for a
('Onsiderabl(‘ p(U*iod, tlu'y may hav(' dcNcdoped mai’kc'd dif-
fei'ema^s. yet still b(' abh^ to iiiterbicsul if the bari’ier
betAveeu tlnmi disa])p('ais. TIk'sc geographical race's are
often (tailed subspecies and give'u a Latin name in the same
manner as a species. F. E. Zeuner has ('stimated that a
subspecies can evolve in 10,000 years and that a period of
boo, 000 to 1,000,000 ye'ars is ref|uired for evolution of a
good species.

Zeuner studied the morphological characters of the
groii]) of birdwiiig bhtt(‘rflies Ovn}tho]'ifp.ra . and

two allied genera of the family Fapilionidae Avhich occur

• \

9

in southeast x\sia, Malay archipelao-o. New Guinea, north
Australia ami the Solomons. They show considerable ^eo-
pjrapliical variation and many subspecies are recog’nised.
He assumed that the "‘roup had evolved in phyloo-enetie
stages, the most recent being Stage Z. At the l)eginning
of Stage Z each of the present day species had one form
only and had not differentiated into subspecies. He
grouped the most closely related species together and con-
sidered that the species of each group had evolved as
subspecies during Stage Y from one earlier species. In all
he traced back six phylogenetic stages to the common ances-
tor of the four genera, and at the same time considered
the probable centres of dispersal of the groups at each
stage. After that Zeuner turned to the geological history
of the region for an explanation of the degree o'" relation-
ship of the various groups and of their present distribution.

Stage Z in which the geographical subspecies have
formed is regai'ded as the recent post-glacial era of 10,000-
20,000 years; stage Y in whicli the species were formed as
the Pleistocene ])eriod or h'e Age of 500 000-1,000,000 yrs.
During the Pleistocene periods of glaciation the sea level
was 50-100 fathoms lower than today, while at periods
when the ice melted it may have been 50 fathoms higlier.
This meant periods when migration was possible, followed
by periods of isolation and will account satisfactorily for
the dispersal of the butterflies dindng the Z and Y stages.

Correlating the earlier stages with the geological his-
tory is more complicated. The more primitive species
groups of Orniihopfera occur in the Moluccas and Solomon
Jsla)ids and appear to have by-passed New Guinea. This
odd distribution can be explained by the theory o^*' contin-
ental drift, according to which the Australian block has
been d]‘ifting northwai'd since the eaidy Tertiaiw and New
Guinea has been pushed in amongst the northern island
chains. If New Guinea were withdrawn to the southeast
and the island chains straightened out, it would bring the
Moluccas sufficiently near to the Solomons to account for
the early Ornifhoptera reaching them.

On the other hand according to another entomologist,
L. E. Cheesman, New Guinea was at that time connected
by a land mass to Asia, and there are ancient rocks along
the north coast of New Guinea and in New Britain, some of
which have never been submerged.

Whoever is right, you can see that the taxonomist
who wants to understand the present distribution of the
group he is interested in, may have to study geological
facts and theories. At the same time, geologists can use
the evidence provided by taxonomists to test their theories

10

or supplement information obtained from rocks. I slionld
add that the theory of continental drift, though pnt for-
ward by geologists, appears to be much more acceptable to
biologists who find it a satisfactory explanation for many
anomalies in distribution, than it is to geophysicists who
have to provide an explanation of how it came about.

Another student of butterfly sj^stematics, E. B. Ford,
became interested in the different types of pigments in
the scales of butterflies' wings and decided to see what in-
formation they would give on relationships. One of the
difficulties here was that if the investigation was to
cover a wide range of species, museum specimens must be
used. Curators of museums will very naturally only allow
their specimens to be tested if they will not be damaged in
any way and this is not so easy for a chemical test.

The colours from ivory to deep yellow in butterflies
may be due to various pigments, one group of which are
the flavones, which are obtained directly from the food
plants of the caterpillars. Ford devised a simple test for
flavones which could be apphed to white and pale yellow
colours. These pigments combine with ammonia to produce
compounds of a deeper shade of yellow which in butterflies
are unstable so that the specimen soon retui ns to its oi'ig-
iual colour. By exposing a specimen to ammonia fumes he
could say, if its colour changed to a deep yellow, that
flavones were present.

T'^p to that time flavones had only been reported in
one or two instances in butterflies. Ford studied their
distribution in the famdy Pieridae which inclndes the
butterflies known as ‘‘whites” and “yellows.” There are
five subfamilies of Pieridae, one of which, the Di^mor-
phiinae, is rather primitive and almost confined to Central
and South America where there are 98 species. However,
the genus Leptidea, the “wood whites,” which has thi-ee
species in Europe and Asia, had also been included in
Dismorphiinae by an earlier worker, Talbot, although this
seems a peculiar distribution. Ford found that all
Lepiidea had flavones and so did all species of one genus
and some of the second genus of South American T)is-
morphiinae. In the other subfamilies of Pieridae. oidy two
out of 233 species he examined had flavones. Thus bio-
chemistry supported the relationships postulated on struc-
tural grounds. He was able to go further and in th.e genus
that contained some species with flavones and some with-
out, showed that there were correlated morphological dif-
ferences and it should be split into two genera. Ford
considers that chemical differences are not of any greater
significance than structural differences, but provide a

11

useful additional character for taxonomic study.

From biochemistry let us turn to physiology as a tax-
onomic character. In Africa the important malaria carry-
ing moscpiito, Anopheles gamhiae breeds in fresh water. In
East Africa R. C. Thomson has shown that there is
also a distinct form breeding in salt water. No constant
distinguishing morphological characters have been found,
but captured females can be identified by physiological
tests on the larvae hatched from the eggs they lay. Larvae
are hatched in fresh water and transferred to 75 /( sea
water. All larvae of the salt water form survive at least
six liours, while all larvae of the fresh water form are
dead within two hours. This is rather a tedious way of
identifying a mosquito, but by using it Thomson has been
able to show that the two forms differ in behaviour and in
their role in malaria transmission. Further tests on crossing
the two forms are needed before it can be decided whether
they are distinct species.

That sort of taxonomy has to be done on the spot.
P. F. Mattingly, at the British Museum in London, has
been worki^ig on another group of African mosquitoes,
species of Aedes (sid)genus Stegom ijia) . After checking
many indentifications he took records from over 500 lo-
calities. for which he listed latitude, longitude, altitude
and annual rainfall. Then he plotted the distribution rec-
ords of one species on a map and considered it in relation
to altitude and rainfall and what was known of the habits
of that mosquito.

For example, by drawing boundaries marking the
limits of 40 inches with three dry months per year, and
100 inches with four dry months he obtained a hypothetical
distribution which agreed very well with the known dis-
tribution of Aedes fraseri. At the same time these boundar-
ies suggested the possibility of its being found in certain
areas for Avliich no records exist. It is known that another
species, Aedes luteocephaluSj will not enter closed canopy
forest and so in mapping its potential distribution, the
big areas of equatorial forest had to be excluded.

The putative distribution of Aedes dendrophilus Avas
mapped Avithiu the limits of not more than tAvo dry months
in the year. It is a species found in fringing forests in
Avest and central Africa and there is an isolated population
in southeast Africa. Phis suggests that it is a more ancient
species than some of the others and that in the past the
southern forests Avere much more nearly continuous Avith
those of Central Africa than they are to-day (a hypothesis
already put fonA^ard for the same reasons by workers on
birds and butterflies).

12

As a result of this Avork Mattingly also showed that
a climatic bridge exists between Avest Africa and Abyssinia
Avhich may help to explain the strong Avest African element
in the Abyssinian fauna.

He concludes that rainfall mainly influences distribu-
tion indirectly through its effect on vegetation. This is
supported by the occurrence of one species in a locality
far outside the rainfall limits knOAvn for it elscAAdiere. In
this locality there Avas a dense humid evergreen forest
depending not on rainfall but on innumerable springs.
But much careful botanical and entomological Avork needs
to be done before the relationship of the various species
of mostpiitoes to their characteristic plant communities is
understood. Records of seasonal occurrence, of Avhich there
are few, would also throw light on distribution.

You can imagine all the A’aried research needed for a
study of this sort — apart from identification of specimens
there Avould be searching through atlases, meteorological
records, government reports and rainfall maps — all
done by a museum taxonomist. The result is not merely
knowledge of present day distribution but also evidence
regarding past climates in Africa. This sort of Avork also
indicates clearly Avhere there are gaps in our knoAvledge
and provides a stimulus to other Avorkers.

In the I^acific there is a Avidely distributed group of
mosfiuitoes belonging to the same subgenus, ^iegomijia, as
Mattingly is Avorking on. This is the Aeden sentcUaris
group and members of it are found from the East Indies
to Taliiti on almost all the islands that lie Avithin tlie
Tropics. There are certain differences, mostly rather
small. betAveen the forms that occur on different groups
of islands. The taxonomist is faced Avitli the (piestioii, are
these distinct species, or are they subspecies of one Avidely
distributed species, tiiat could interbreed if they met on
the same island, or are the differences just due to differ-
ences in environment ? I tried to find an ansAATr to the last
(piestion Avhen I AA*as in England. I had a colony of a
Fijian form, Aedes pseudoscufellarls and reared the larvae
at different temperatures and in 1/3 seaAvater and then
compared the development in the adults of the characters
that are used to separate the difTerent forms. Rome of the
most important characters Avere not affected at all. and
others varied a little but not to the extent they do betAveen
different forms; a couple proved to be quite variable and
made one doubt their reliability as taxonomic characters.
The net result supported the treatment of the different
forms as di'dinct species. An unexpected result came out
()f this Avork, because the lack of variation in certain char-
acters shoAved that specimens from Fiji and other islands
that had been identified as pseiidoscnfellans but did differ

13

constantly in these chai*acters, really represented a
distinct species.

The decisive way to test the status of the different
members of the sciiteUans "roup is by tryinj^ to cross them.
There are two members in the New Hebrides, scutellaris
and perjiotatus. W. J. Perry tried crossing these and
concluded they were distinct species. Scutellaris extends
through New Guinea to the Philippines. A. H. Woodhill
ill Sydney tried crossing scutellaris with psendosciitellaris
from Fiji and found that though they mated successfully,
the eggs would not hatch, thus confirming that they were
distinct species. During the war a couple of specimens were
collected in the Nortlieru Territory that agreed in all
respects with scutellaris except that they had a white
stripe along the front of the mid femur, which is all black
in scuiellaris. Later on Woodhill had some specimens sent
to him from Katherine and was able to establish a colony
■and try crossing them with scutellaris from New Guinea.
TTe found that New Guinea females and Katherine males
produced fertile hybrids and concluded that if the two
forms were present in the same area they would interbreed
and produce a population showing all degrees of inter-
gradation, and therefore they represented two subspecies
Aedes scutellaris scutellaris and Aedes scutellaris kather-
inensis. The cross the other way, Katherine females with
Ncav Guinea males, produced sterile eggs which showed
that the two forms had diverged to some extent and Wood-
hill handed over his colonies to the geneticists for further
study. Now if a New Guinea and an Australian race were
to meet somewhere, the logical place would be on Cape
York Peninsula. All the specimens collected from Torres
Straits islands appear to be scutellaris scutellaris and so
does a specimen from near Cape York. But specimens
collected by J. L. Wassell in the Coen district, though they
do not have a complete stripe on the midfemur, do have a
few white scales or a short streak and look very like some of
WoodhilPs hybrids. Tt is an intriguing problem and these
specimens can really only be indentified when it is possible
to establish a colony of the Coen form and try crossing
it with the other two.

The examples T have given of some of the varied as-
pects of taxonomy have all been taken from work on
insects, for which i make no apology, since that is the field
T know best. But you can be certain that there are very
many analagous cases amongst other animals and amongst
plants.

Tn Australia we have a general picture of the origins
of our fauna and flora. Some groups are allied to South

14

American forms and appear to have come in from the
south, others have come in at different periods and prob-
ably by different routes from the north and freouently
have near relatives in New Guinea or the East Indies.
One of our members, I. M. Mackerras, has written on the
origins of the different groups of Diptera.

We used to think of our mosquitoes as rather nicely
divided into northern forms, which did not get much south
of the Queensland border, and southern forms which rarely
got north of it, though of course there were always some
known to liave a wide distribution. Rut now, due to the
intensive collecting done by myxomatosis workers in the
south and the Mosquito Control Committee's collections
from Queensland, these ideas need adjusting. To quote
one example, a species of the tropical Aedes kocJii group has
recently been found in southern Victoria.

The answer to distribution within the continent lies,
T think, in the sort of Avork Mattingly is doing on African
mosquitoes. Climate and vegetation, both past and present,
have influenced the distribution of species. J. Gentilli has
discussed this very fully in relation to the distribution of
Australian birds, Avhich of course are much better known
than other groups of animals. For si^ch a discussion one
needs accui'ate identifications, many locality records and
also a knowledge of the ecology or natural hi'-’tory of a
species, that is, the kind of environment in which it is
usually found. We cannot learn more than a certain amount
from anv one group, but by each zoologist and botanist
contributing his quota and the geologists adding theirs,
we shall some day have a much clearer picture of how and
where and why our different species originated and be-
came distributed in the way they are.

Perhaps you will ask, where does the field naturalist
come into all this? He has a very definite part to plaA\
The taxonomist can only build on the information avail-
able. The field naturalist has trained himself to observe
nature and he may see differences in the field that are not
apparent in museum specimens — differences in behavioiii'
of animals, differences in environment, such as finding a
toadstool under different kinds of trees and so on ; he can
help by recording these things or telling the taxonomist
about them. I have already pointed out that distribution
of animals is bound xip with vegetation and climate. It is
important to have the exact locality of a specimen, and
the date to indicate its seasonal distribution. But locality
does not tell us all we need to know. For instance on Mt.
Tamborine quite different species might be found in the
rain forest and in the eucalypt forest. The natural history

15

notes that tlie field naturalist is able to provide with a
specimen may be of tlie greatest assistance to the taxonom-
ist. The best taxonomists are those who know their groups
not only in the laboratory but in the field and therefore
are also field naturalists.

This spider was named by Rainbow, who gave a brief
description of its nest in Prov. Linn. ^oc. iV.fSMr. (1897),
p. 549. The scientific name is very appropriate; it means
“the ant-eating spider who lives in a bag-like house.''

McKeown, in “Australian Spiders" p. 132, remarks
“that it is very unfortunate that our information regard-
ing this remarkable little spider is confined to its hunting
activities only — all other details of its life are unknown
to ns. The nature of its egg-sac and the ways of the
spiderlings. together with what must nndoubteclly be
fascinating particulars of its general habits await the
future investigator. It is remarkable tluit the lobster-pot
ant-traps seem to be constructed only by the full-grown, or
nearly full-grown spiders. How the immature forms secure
their food is as yet unknown. The male, too, has still to be
discovered."

These spiders are not rare at Mt. French, near Kalbar
and Boonah. 1 have been observing them since Dec. 26th,
1953, and have obtained specimens of their egg-sacs, and

THE BASKET NEST SPIDER

Saccodom us formivorus

E. J. SMITH

Basket-Nest Spider and Egg^Sac

16

one specimen of the male spicier.

My first specimens of the basket-nests were found on
a small tree, badly infested with white wax scale {Cero-
plastus destructor) , upon which numerous Gravel-mound,
Meat Ants (Tridomyrmex detectiis) were coming and
going.

There were two basket-nests close together, one a little
above the other, on the slender twigs of the tree. I have
observed since that although two nests are often found
close together solitary nests are not uncommon. They are
like miniature birds’ nests, pocket-shaped, f in. deep and
i in. in diameter, with a neat circular hole near the top,
I in. in diameter and with a hood over the hole. The nest
is strengthened by some of the threads of silk (or fibre)
which are thicker than the others. They are woven like
basketwork, but irregularly, and are light brown or biscuit
coloured.

‘'Let an incautious ant approach one of- the Basket-
Nest Spiders too closely, and in an instant it is seized and
dragged witliin the den, where its juices are sucked from
its body.” (McKeown in “Aust. Spiders.”)

From my observations, it appears that Tridomyrmex
detectus is the only species of ant eaten by this spider.

The female spider is about 7 mm. long. The cephalo-
thorax is 8 mm. long by 2.5 mm. broad by 2.5 mm. thick.
Its colour, as viewed from above, is chestnut brown with
a cream-coloured margin. The abdomen is almost globular,
5 mm. in diameter, cream-coloured, and has concentric
rings of pitted dots. The abdomen increases in size in the
egg-laying season. The spider is well hidden in the basket-
nest.

The ants feed on several different kinds of scale in-
sects and any small tree near the gravel mound nest, if it
is frequented by the ants, may harbour basket-nest spiders.

In January, some of the basket-nests contained egg-
sacs. The fifty' or more eggs were at the bottom of the nest,
and were sealed by a thin,, white disc of paper-like material.
I put some of these nests in a glass jar, and kept them
under observation. Some spiderlings hatched out, and I
found that they stayed in the egg-sac under the white disc
for about a Aveek before they left the nest.

Several days after I had put the basket-nests in the
glass jar, I observed a male spider which evidently had
been hiding in one of the nests. It is about as long as the
female, but its abdomen is narroAver. The cephalothorax is
4 mm. long by 3 mm. broad, and is amber-coloured. Tlie
oval abdomen is high in the front, 5 mm. long by 2.5
mm, broad. Its colour is brown with white markings — two

17

central, loiigituclinal lines joining one another at the front
of the abdomen, and 5 slanting lines on eacli side pointing
from the base upwards towards the front. The front legs
are 10 mm. long; the 2nd and 4th pairs are not much
shorter.

In February, T noticed that most of the basket-nests
were deserted by the spiders; some of them contained
egg-sacs.

How do the spiders find their way to trees frequented
by ants? It is probable that when birds visit the trees to
feed upon the ants, that the young spiders jump onto
the birds’ feathers, and are carried to another suitable
tree.

In the accompanying drawing, the distinctive features
of the spiders and nest are somewhat exaggerated.

A PROPOSED NEW GENUS OF THE FAMILY
ORCHiDACEAE

T. E. HUNT

PERISTERANTIIVH gen. nov. (Gk. pcrG/erc/— a dove,
and anthuH — a flower, the flower bearing a fanciful re-
.^emblance to a dove).

Sepala petalaque aequalia, libera, patula, crassa.
incurva; sepala lateralia ad pedem brevissimum colum-
iiae sita mentuin parvnm formantia. Labellnm in pede
columnae sessile sed mobile, saccatum, crassissiimim ; lobi
laterales ampli. erecti; lol)us medius absens ; saccus callo
longo conrco ad basem inuri antici praeditus. Columna
bfevis, lata, incurva. Anthera bilocularia, rostrata. Pol-
linia 4 inaequalia in massis 2 eoalita; pedicellus latus,
longus ; discus ampins. Ilostellum forcipatum. Stigma
amplum, orbieulatum, profunde depressum.

Herba epiphytica. Caulis rigidus, flexuosus. Folia
vaginantia, imbrieata. Flores in racemis axillaribus dis-
positi bracteis minutis persistentibus.

1\ liillii (F. Muell.) Hunt. Stems up to 15 cm long,
rigid, flexuose, covered witli the scarious I’emains of the
bases of the fallen leaves. Leaves 5-6 distichous,
membranous, flat, sheathing, imbricate, nerves prominent,
oblong-lanceolate, acute, unequally bifid, 8-13 cm long.
Kacemes long many-flowered; bracts minute, persistent,
deltoid. Flowers about 4.5 mm long, greenish richly
spotted with crimson, all segments thick in texture,
pedicels very short. Sepals and petals equal, ligulate

18

spathulate. jietals slightly narrower, lateral sepal and
petals more or less falcate, all segments incurved, lateral
sepals attached to the very short column-foot to form a
small mentum ; labellum sessile but mobile on the very
short column-foot; lateral lobes relatively large, erect,
triangular: mid-lobe absent; sac with a long finger-like
callus projecting upwards from the base of the anterior
wall, spur bent forward. Column short, broad, bent
forward; anther large, beaked, 2-celled; pollen masses four
in two groups one mass in each group larger than the
other, the larger sub-globose, the smaller somewhat flatten-
ed at the margin of contact, pedicel broad, caudicles
thread-like and very elastic, the disc large, circular,
generally projecting slightly between the rostellum and
the beak of the anther. Rostellum forcipate. Stigma
large, circular, deep, immediately below the rostellum, and,
because of the bend in the column, facing almost down-
wards into the sac.

A fairly common epiphyte of the scrubs of Queens-
land and northern New South Wales.

DISCUSSION

The plant was originally described by Mueller (1) as
Saccolabium hillii and this diagnosis was followed by both
rientbam (2) and Fitzgerald (M) until Bentham (4) later
removed it to Ornithoclulus Wall, where it has since
remained, although some later writei's have expressed the
opinion that the transfer was not a happ\* one. Rupp (5)
gave the most recent expression of this doubt when he
said, “It is extremely doubtful whether the plant
described below, which is found in this State and in
Queensland, belongs to Ornithocliilns at all. Mueller,
Bentham, and Fitzgerald placed it in !^accolaJ)ium, but
Bentham subsequently removed it to Ornithochilus, where
it must remain until its ])osition is finally* established.”
In his paper (6) entitled “Breaking-up of the Genus
Cleisostoma in Audralia^^ the same writer said, “It is
generally accepted that the latter {(). hilUi) is not a true
Ornithochihis. Dr. Rogers informed me that the late Dr.
Schlechter intended to make it the type of a new genus,
to be named FitzgeraldieUa, which is No. 524 in
Schlechter 's “Systema Orchidacearum, ” 88, July, 1926;
but no record of his transfer of the Australian plant is
known.”’ The present writer is indebted to Mr. V. S.
Summerhayes of Kev: for his recent corroboration of the
fact that there is no evidence extant that the transfer of
the Australian plant was ever effected.

Ormthochilus as defined by Hooker (7) contains

19

elements with are incompatible Avith those of the
Australian plant. The differences are perhaps best shown
in tabular form : —

Ornithochilus

P. hillii

Labellum On a long, broad claw.

Mid-lobe oi

labelluxn Clawed, inflexed, lobu-

late and fimbriate with
a velvety flap over the
mouth of the short in-
curved spur.

Column-foot Absent.

Pollinia 2, sub-globose or

oblong.

Sessile.

There is no mid-lobe
and no flap over the
orifice of the spur. Spur
with a large, finger-
like callus rising from
the base of the anterior
wall.

Present but very small.
4 in 2 groups of 2 each.

Duthie (8) in his Key to the Vandeae states, ‘‘Column
Avith a very short foot; lip Avith a lar^e claAv, a bent spur
and a 2-lobulate apical lobe, the lateral lobes fimbriateC^
But later in the same worlv lie (9) alters the number of
apical lobes to three and adds, . the tAVO lateral re-

curved and pectinate, the central triangular, entire or
infolded; the mouth of the spur closed by two calli pro-
jecting from its back and front Avails, the latter hairy.

Duthie 's modification of the concept of Ornitho-
chilns, although alloAving for the presence of a column-
foot, remoATS the Australian plant still further from its
compass by closing the orifice of the spur Avith tAvo calli,
the opening in this plant being (piite free of obstruction
except for the projection through it of a single finger-
like callus.

Ornithochilus, then, has a highly developed 2 or 3-
lobulate mid-lobe to its labellum and a sac closed by
anterior and posterior calli and by the reflexing of one or
more apical lobes. The Australian plant has no mid-lobe
Avliatever and an open sac containing a solitary callus.

As the many genera of the Sarcanthinae are separated
largely on the presence or absence of a column-foot and
on the formation of the labellum, and, Avhere the latter is
saccate, upon the presence, absence, or position, of calli
AA’ithin it, the fact that the plant under discussion varies
so extensively from the accepted definition of Ornitho-
chilus is, in the Avriter's opinion, sufficient to justify its
reniOA^al from that genus.

When making the transfer from Saccolahium Bentham
(4) gave no reasons for doing so. His first reference to
the plant is in his brief discussion of the species excluded
by him from Saccolahium and he merely states, ''Saccola-
hium hilUF. Muell. is rather an Ornithochilnsd^ and his

20

>subsequeiit reference, -wliich is on the next page, states
only, '' Omithochiliis U^all has two Himalayan or Burmese
species, regarded by Lindley as a section of Aeridesj but
in many respects coming nearer to Saccolabium^ and con-
necting our second and third series of the sub-tribe
Sarcffniheac ; and the connection is still further established
by Saccolahium hillHF. Muell. from Australia which ^xe
would add as a third species to Ornithochilu^i.

if this position be accepted the question then arises
as to where the plant can be placed, and the question is
made even more vexed by tlie fact tiiat the sub-tribe to
which it belongs consists of a large numl)er of geJiera eacli
separated from the otlier l>y small but important factors.
Hooker (10) stated, “ The classification of the genera of
this sub-tribe presents great difficulties,” and when dis-
cussing the characteristics of ISarcanthus- and (deisostoma
said, Sarcanthus and Cleisostonia are separated from
Saccolabium, and from one another, by characters so
minute and trivial, that they might Avell rank as sections
of that genus, to which Ornithochitus might be added.”
He did include Uncifera and Acampe under Saccolabiwm.
His suggestion was not adopted and by modern writers is
definitely J’e.jected. Even if the concept of Saccolahium
were widcnied to include all its near allies and so form a
polymorphic g(Oius, it is doubtful if the plant under
discussion could be easily fitted into it; and as it stands
the position wold be even more difficult. Again tabula-
tion miglit show the position b(‘st

Saccolahium

Column-foot Absent

Lot. lobes of labellum Small
Mid-lobe of labellum Small
Sac Without calli

P. hillii

Present

Large

Absent

With a lc#ge callus

Almost similar comparisons could be made with the
remaining related genera. The shape and ornamentation
of the labellum separate it from tlie genera grouped by
Beiitham (11) as Series 2. and this or the column-foot
divide it from those groups as Series 1 and Series 8. There
is no genus known to the writer which combines the
presence of a column-foot with such a condition of the
labellum and it is for this reason that it is suggested that
the genus Pcristcrauthus be erected for its accommodation.

The writer Avishes to express his sincere thanks to Kev.
If. M. K. Rupp, of Willoughby, N.SAV., and Mr. S. T.
Blake, of the Herbarium, Brisbane, for their valued assist-
ance in the preparation of this paper.

§ 2 . 5 -

- (T ^
Q

-3 2 .

Q Q

(!> Vi

-2 ® —
C W CL
3 M
• ^ Q

CO

-j Q ,

O

CO ^
CO 2
CO

(tl ”
2 . *0

0 -a

^ CD
^ 3

c Q

IQ W
^ CO

y CD

CO

S* 5’

o' S.’

^ p

• 0 ?^

z O
a

2 s ^
^*0
zr D
<D m ’

^ ^ o

Q 5^-

= O

C C -1 55.

V ^' g.o ■

r^Q Q

ss .^' H .

llp§

CD 3 p -

^ t-* 5

-O Q Q

™ 1= s

S ^ 3 ^

rj CO tri
^ O TJ

§-• 03 ^
B o ^

o-°^i

0 - 2

Q O

-3 a 2 .

i «'
2- o'
IQ <-cr
f o <L
5 S . c '
; « S 3

J N ^

J <D CD
CO a
J o CD 2
r^ o §

' 3 ^ o ’ 2

^ (D 3 f^

li

I.

!

21

REFERENCES

1. Fragm. Phyt. Austral, i, 192 (1859).

2- Flora Austral, vi, 298 (1873).

3. Austral. Orch. i, part 2 (1876).

4. Journ, Linn. Soc. xviii, 334 and 335 (1881).

5. The Orchids of New South Wales, 130 (1943).

6. Viet. Nat. Ivii, 216 (1941). '

7. Flo a Brit. India vi, 76 (1894).

8. Annals Roy. Bot. Card. Calcutta ix, 117 (1906).

9. ibid, 138.

10. Flora Brit. India vi, 178 and 179 (1894).

11. Journ. Linn. Soc. xviii (1881).

KEY TO THE COMMON FRESH WATER FISHES
OF SOUTHERN QUEENSLAND

M. V. BLEAKLY^^ and E. M. GKANT^

This key has been eonstnieted essentially for the
layman. The restricted fauna dealt witli (40 species) has
made it possible to I’ely largely on gross and obvious
characters, the recognition of which retinire little skill atid
no expert knowledge. Gross characters, however, are not
adequate for some of the smaller species, and a hand lens
is desirable for the ray counts used in the gudgeon group,
and necessary for the more difl'icult scale count which
confirms the separation of the trout gudgeon. Through-
out technical terms have been avoided. Typically marine
fishes whicli enter estuaries and may occasionally pene-
trate fresh waters have been excluded.

The accompanying figure, based on the giant perch,
illustrates the characters and terms used. This figure
also clarifies one dubious character; for the present pur-
pose two dorsal fins are recognised only when the anterior
spinous and posterior softn-ayed fins are separated by a
distinct finless region of the back. In the fish figured is
seen tlie extreme case of what is here termed a single fin
witli discontinuity.

U.se of Key ; This is best illustrated by tracing the
steps followed in identifying the fish figured. In general,
numbers on the right refer forward, and numbers in
Department of Zoology, University of Queensland.

22

brackets on the left refer back to permit the retracing of
steps.

Of the four statements in gronp 1, Ic — ‘‘paired fins,
both pectorals and ventrals fanshaped” — fits the fish and
refers forward to group 3 ; here 3b refers forward to 5 ;
5b to 13 ; 13b to 14 ; 14b to 16 ; 16a to 17 ; 17a fits the fish
and determines it as Lates calcarifer (Bloch), the giant
perch.

Whilst the greater part of this key has been compiled
independently, the separation of the eels is based on
Schmidt (1928), and the identification of the goby-
gudgeon group is largely adapted from McCulloch and
Ogilby (1919). Provisionally, the fire-tailed gudgeons have
been listed as Carassiops galii Ogilby, with the suppression
of Caras-Hiops klunzingen' Ogilby, and Whitley’s (1935)
compression of the perchlets has been carried further in
view of work in progress with the recognition of only one
black-tipped perchlet — Amba.ssis agassizi Steindachner.

Pigures of most of the fish dealt with are accessible in
“The Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New South Wales”
(McCulloch, 1927). No detailed list of references is

attached as this would seem out of place in a paper of
this nature: but the serious worker may refer to

McCulloch (1929) for full references up to that date.
Since 1929, though some species have disappeared in
synonymy, and a fe^v generic names have been changed,
only one new fish {Craterocephalus marjoriae Whitley,
1948) has been described that has been identified from the
region under consideration.

The authors thank Mr. G. Mack, Director of the Queens-
land Museum, for permission to examine types of Ambassids
in the Museum collection, and Mr. Tom Marshall, Govern-
ment Ichthyologist, Department of Harbours and Marine,
Brisbane, for making available his collection and for
checking for omission the list of fish dealt with. The need
for this key was suggested by Professor W. Stephenson,
Professor of Zoology, University of Queensland, whose
sustained interest has been greatly appreciated.

KEY

I a Paired fins, both pectoral and ventral, leaf-shaped
paddles--Neoceratodus forsteri (Gunther) : Queensland

lung-fish, ceratodus.

b. Paired fins, pectorals fan-shaped, ventrals absent — Eels, 2.

c. Paired fins, both pectoral and ventral, fan-shaped — 3.

d. Paired fins, pectorals fan-shaped, ventrals small finger-
like bodies, situated in front of peo^orals — Gadopsis
marmoratus Richardson : River blackfish.

23

2 a. Dorsal fin origin in front of vent by a distance at least
(lb) equal to depth of body — Anguilla reinhardti Steindachner :

Long-finned eel.

b. Dorsal fin origin ranging from behind, to not more than
half body depth in front of vent— Anguilla australis
Richardson : Short-finned eel.

3 a. Tail fin tapering about a tapering body- ~ 4 .

(Ic) b. Tail im fan-shaped or cleft, body ending abruptly — 5.

4 a. Colour almost invariably mottled; surface of head between
(3a) eyes without markings; diameter of eye greater than one-

sixth length of head — Tandanus tandanus Mitchell : Fresh-
water catfish.

b. Colour rarely mottled; surface of head between eyes with
longitudinal markings; diameter of eye less than one-
seventh length of head — Tandanus hyrtlii (Steindachner) ;
Short-finned catfish.

5 a. Single dorsal fin supported by fin rays, not divided into

(3b) anterior spinous and posterior soft-rayed regions — 6.

b. Dorsal fin divided into anterior spinous and posterior

soft-rayed regions — 13. .

c. Two dorsal fins separated by an appreciable finless
region, the anterior spinous, the posterior entirely or

almost entirely soft-rayed — 20.

6 a. Small fatty fin-like body behind dorsal fin — 7 .

(5a) b. No trace of fatty fin-like body behind dorsal fin — 8.

7 a. Dorsal fin between levels of pectoral and ventral fins.
(6a) Tail deeply cleft. (Pectoral with prominent spines) —

Netuma thalassina (Ruppell) : Salmon catfish.

b. Dorsal fin at about level of ventral fin; tail emarginate.
(Fatty fin prominent) — Salmo gairdnerii Richardson ;
Rainbow trout.

c. Dorsal fin at about level of anal fin; tail cleft. (Fatty fin
small) — Retropinna semoni (Weber) : Australian smelt.

8 a. Origin of dorsal fin at level of ventral fin — 9.

b. Origin of dorsal fin at level of or behind anal fin —12.

9 a. Dorsal fin with leading edge a saw-edged spine and

(8a) without a trailing filament — Carps, 10.

b. Dorsal fin without leading spine and with a trailing fila-
ment. (Tail deeply cleft) — 11.

10 a. Dorsal fin with rounded margin. Scales on lateral line
(9a)

spinous dorsal fin

ventral

paired fir,

24

usually greater than 30 ( 28 - 35 ) — Corossius carassius
(Linnaeus) : Crucian carp.

b. Dorsal fin with straight margin. Scales on lateral line
usually fewer than 30 (25-30) — Cctrassius auratus

(Linnaeus) : Goldfish.

11. a. Anal fin low and with a relatively straight edge, lower
(9b) jaw small — Nemalolosa erebi (Gunther) : Bony bream,
hair-back herring.

b. Anal tin markedly concave; lower jaw prominent —
Megalops cyprinoides (Broussonet) : Oxeye tarpon.

12 a. Dorsal and anal fin origins and terminations at same
(8b) levels; pectoral fin behind upper third of gill cover.

(Lower jaw a stubby beak) — Arrhampus sclerolepis
Gunther : Short-beaked garfish.

b. Dorsal and anal fin origins at same level, anal termina-
tion behind dorsal; pectoral fin behind lower third of gill
cover — Galaxias attenuatus (lenyns) : Jollytail.

c. Dorsal qnd anal fins terminate at same level, dorsal origin

behind anal. (Tail rounded, scales large and usually
spotted — Scleropages leichhardti Gunther : Barramundi

Dawson River salmon.

d. Dorsal fin entirely behind anal.-— Gambusia aiiinis Baird
and Girard' ; Mosquito-fish, gambusia.

13 a. Spinous and soft-rayed portions of dorsal fin continuous
(5b) and of same height. (Body dusky, not blotched) —

Therapon bidyanus (Mitchell) : Silver perch, sooty grunter,
black bream, bidyana,

b. Spinous and soft-rayed portions of dorsal fin united but
with discontinuity at least of height- —14.

14 a. Body with blotched markings- - 15 .

(13b) b. Body without blotched markings- -16.

15 a. Ventral fin behind root of pectoral; head and gill-cover
(14b) carrying prominent spines — Nothesthes robusta (Gunther).

b. Ventral fin behind root of pectoral; head and gill-cover
smooth; teeth minute — Therapon unicolor - Gunther :
Spangled grunter.

c. Ventral fin in front of pectoral root; teeth evident —
Maccullochella macquariensis (Cuvier and Valenciennes) :
Murray cod.

16 a. Tail rounded- - 17 .

{14b) b, Tail emarginate to deeply cleft- — 18 .

17 a. Spinous dorsal almost an equilateral triangle; belly silver

( 15 a) — bales calcarifer (Bloch) : Giant perch.

b. A line connecting the tips of spines of dorsal would form
a smooth curve; belly yellow to gold — Plectroplites
ambiguus (Richardson) : Golden perch, yellowbelly,

callop.

18 a. Ventral fin behind pectoral. Tail emarginate — Percalates
(16b) colonorum (Gunther) : Australian bass.

b. Ventral fin in front of pectoral. Tail deeply cleft.
— Perchlets, 19.

19 a. 12-13 mid-dorsal scales in front of dorsal fin — Ambassis
(18b) agassizi Steindachner : Black-tipped perchlet.

b. 15-17 mid-dorsal scales in front of dorsal fin — Ambassis
marianus Gunther : Yellow perchlet.

20 a, Ventral fins at level of root of pectorals; tail rounded — 21 .

(5c) b. Ventral fins behind root of pectorals; tail emarginate to

25

cleft —26.

21 a, Scales evident between eyes —22.

(20a) b. No scales between eyes — 25.

22 a. Ventral fins united in front — Mugilogobius devisi

(21a) McCulloch & Ogilby : De Vis' goby.

b. Ventral fins separate — 23.

23 a, Second dorsal with 9 (not more than 10) rays. Gill-cover

(22b) and body striped — Mogurnda (Krefftius) australis

(Krefft) : Striped gudgeon.

b. Second dorsal with 11-13 rays. Gill-cover striped, body
blotched or mottled — Trout gudgeons, 24.

24 a. General appearance typically dull, blotched brown on
(23b) grey. Scale count from upper limit of gill cover to tail

over 36 — Mogurnda mogurnda (Richardson),
b. General appearance typically bright, with purples, blues,
and greens over grey. Scale count from upper limit of
gill-cover to tail less than 36 — Mogurnda mogurnda
adspersus (Castelnau).

25 a. Second dorsal fin with not more than 10 rays. (Median
(21b) fins usually banded) — Carassiops compressus (fCrefft) '

Carp gudgeon.

b. Second dorsal fin with more than 10 rays. (Tail usually
yellow to Grange) — Carassiops galii Ogilby : Firetail

gudgeon.

26 a. Anal fin with single leading bony spine — 27.

(20b) b. Anal fin with two or more spines — 31,

27 a. Anal fin long, extending from level of first dorsal to hinder

(26a) limit of second dorsal fin — Melanotaenia nigrans

(Richardson) ; Crimson-spotted jewel fish,
b. Anal fin short, corresponding in size and levels with
second dorsal fin — 28.

28 a. Origin of second dorsal fin behind that of anal; first dorsal
(27b) with leading edge very much longer than trailing edge.

(White mark -on nape, and commonly black mark at base
of second dorsal — Pseudomugil signifer Kner : Blue-eye.
b. Origins of second dorsal and anal fins at same level; first
dorsal with spines not differing greatly in length — 29.

29 a. Body stocky, slightly compressed — Craterocephalus
(28b) marjoriae Whitley.

b. Body elongate and round in section —30.

30 a. Body showing three or ma e obvious interrupted black
(29b) longitudinal lines below a prominent median lateral line

— Craterocephalus stercusmuscarum (Gunther) : Spotted

silverside.

b. Body never showing m.ore than one such interrupted line
below the lateral line — Craterocephalus fluviatilis

McCulloch : Silverside.

3t a. Body blotched. Mouth powerful and oblique, extending
(26b) to below level of eye — Glossamia gillii (Steindachner) :
Gill's percelle.

b. Body uniformly olive-green above, silver below. Mouth
small and weak, not reaching level of eye — 32.

32 a. Jaw margins with minute but discernible teeth — Mugil
(31b) cephalus Linnaeus : Hardgut mullet, sea mullet or river
mullet.

b. Jaw margins toothless — Trachysloma petardi (Castelnau) :
Fresh water mullet.

26

REFERENCES QUOTED

McCulloch, A. R. (1927) ; The Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New
South Wales. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.

McCulloch, A. R. (1929) : Check-list of the fishes record from
Australia. Mem. Aust. Mus. vol. V.

McCulloch, A. R. and Ogilby, J. D, (1919) : Some Australian
fishes of the family Gobiidae. Rec. Aust. Mus. XII (10) :
193-292.

Schmidt, J, (1928) : The freshwater eels of Australia, with some
remarks on the short-finned species of Anguilla. Rec. Aust.
Mus. XVI (4) : 179-210.

Whitley, G. (1935) : Fishes from Princess Charlotte Bay, North
Queensland. Mem. S. Aust. Mus 5 (3) : 345-365.

Whitley, G. (1948) : Studies in Ichthyology No. 13. Rec. Aust.
Mus. XXII (1) : 85-86.

CAN I EAT THAT TOADSTOOL? II

J. E. C. ABERDEEN

The meanings attached to the words 'Moadstool’' and
‘Unnshroom” vary with individuals. The tendency
amongst the general populace here is to place everything
other than those species closely allietl to the common field
mushroom in the toadstool group. On the other hand a
number of technical writers use tlie word ^‘mushroom”
to cover all forms of the higher fungi which carry gills

Fig. 1 . — Lepiota procera (Fr.) S. F. Gray.
Fig. 2 . — Lepiota molyhdiies (G. Meyer ex Fr.) Sace,

27

on the lower side of the cap. and restrict the word ‘‘toad-
stooh’ to those known to be poisonous. If a line is to be
drawn the latter suggestion is probably the better. How-
ever, in accordance with the generally accepted use in
this area the word ‘‘toadstool" as used at the beading of
these articles carries the former significance.

The group to be discussed in this article are all
members of the genus Lepioia, They are as follows: Lep-
iota procera (Fr.) S. P. Gray, Lepioia dolichaula (B. and
Br.) Sacc., Lepiota moli/hdites (G. Meyer ex Fr.) Sacc.
and Lepioia rachodes (V^itt.) Q'aelet. The first three have
all been recorded for Queensland, the second and third
being quite common. The last mentioned is found in
Victoria and cooler parts but is added because of its like-
ness to L. molyhdiies.

The points that characterise this group are (1) the
large caps, 4-6 inches in diameter being relatively com-
mon. (2) The scaly appearance of the upper surface of the
cap. (3) The gills are white, except older stages of L.
molyhdites. (4) The gills are free, i.e. not attached to the
stem. (5) The spore deposit is white (exce])t for L. molyb-
dites). (6) On the upper part of the stem is a distinct ring.
(7) The stem comes away from the cap witli a clean
break.

L. procera is known world wide as the “Parasol
Mushroom and is considered to be one of the best for
eating. It has been recorded for Queensland but does not
appear to be as common as the next two. Figure 1 gives a
characteristic sketch of this species, reclvoning that the
stalk might be up to 12". The surface of the stem is
brown and felty and large brown scales are present on
the cap.

Ij. dolichaula is very similar to L. procera except
that it is ail white and the feltiness on the stem is not: so
distinct, ft is quite common around Brisbane at least in
the spring and late summer-antnmn if moisture conditions
are suitable. The close relationship to L. procera would sug-
gest that this species is edible but evidence is meagre. One
recent attempt to eat this species by two individuals re-
sulted in one being totally unaffected and the other
suffering giddiness with slight gastro-intestinal reactions
some twelve hours afterwards. Both agreed that the
flavour was excellent. Figure 1 can also be used to outline
the form of this species, allowing for stem markings being
less distinct.

T^epiota molybdifes (fig 2) has been known in other
countries until recently as L. morgenii. It is generally
recorded as a poisonous species, with the reservation that

28

some people can eat it, and that these latter reckon it to
be one of the finest eating mushrooms. Recently in the
Brisbane district eight individuals have eaten this mush-
room after cooking in the usual way, with no ill effects
and all agree that the flavour is excellent. One person eat-
ing a raw specimen was subject to severe gastro-intestinal
reaction approximately three hours afterwards, but some
days later suffered no reaction from a cooked specimen.
We can only issue the general warning that each individual
must make the experiment for himself. This species has
been very common around Brisbane during the late summer
and autumn of last year, and also this year, occurring
in lawns and park lands. It is so large, up to 8'' in
diameter, and it occurs in such numbers that if edible it
offers a convenient source of food to the myeophagist. It
also occurs in North Queensland and appears to be a pan
ti'opical species. The cap is similar to 7.. procera but the
whole fruting body is more squat in general appearance,
with a characteristically smooth stem while Z>. procera and
L. dolichauUi liave a distinct feltiness associated with the
surface of the stem. The obvious difference however is with
the gills. These are white when young as for the other
species but turn yellow-green and then a dirty green
colour as the cap ages. The spores when shed are distinct-
ly green. L. rliacodes is very similar to L. molyhdites and
the only reliable macroscopic ciiaracter separating the two
species is the colour of the spore deposit — white for the
former and green for the latter. L. rJiacodes is recorded
as edible wherever it occurs.

The striking characteristic of this group is their size
and it should be mentioned that at least one other species
that occurs around Brisbane is equally large i.e. Aynai^ita
verna. This latter species is particularly poisonous but is
readily distinguished by a distinct cup at the base of the
stem.

29

PLANT COLONISATION OF THE SOUTHPORT
SAND SPIT

A. B. (JRIBB
Introduction

Over the past forty to fifty years tliere has been a
northward migration of the Nerang River bar, the south-
ern tip of Stradbroke Island being eroded away while
deposition took place on the nortliern end of the t:^outhport
sand spit. The history of this migration has been traced
by Connah (1946) and by Brooks (195-1) wiio liave shown
that the northern ti]) of the sandspit has advanced at
varying rates from a point only a few chains north of
the site of the Jubilee bridge some time between 1901 and
1911 until, at tlie present time, with erosion of Rtradbroke
Island still continuing, it is located ai)proximately two and-
a half miles north of the bridge. As this sand spit has
been built up the bare dunes have been colonised by various
plant species and it seems likely that eventually there will
be developed here a vegetation similar to that which is
at present being destroyed by the sea on the stabilised
dxTues of Stradbroke Island. For this reason it seems de-
sirable that there should exist some short account of the
vegetation currently occupying both areas.

Ycgctaiion of the Southern Tip of Sfradbroke Island.

The bay side of the island is bordered by a band of
mangrove forest sometimes extending inland (for 100
yards. Aviccnnia niarina (Forsk.) Vierh. var. resinifera
(Forst.) Bakh. is the dominant s])ecies but scattered plants
of Bruguiera ggrnnorrh iza Lam.^ Hh izophora niucronata
Lam. and Aegiceras corniciihituni Blanco also occur.

To the landward side of the mangrove forest is often
developed a sword of the salt-water couch, Sporoholus
virgiiv'cus Kunth., among Avhicli sometimes occur a fexv
plants of Salicornia australis Soland. and Suaeda niaritima
Dumort. The higher parts of this sward ai'e sonudimes
invaded by dense stands of Juncus nKn’itimus Lam. and
of Fimhristglis ferruginea Vahl. and beyond this, if the
land rises only slightly, may be developed a forest of the
paper-bark tea-tree, Melaleuca u.ndflora.

Over many of the diuiesBanksia integrifolia L. is the
most common tree but cleared areas carry a dense cover
of blady grass, Imperafa cglindrica var. major (Nees)
C. E. ilub. and the common bracken fern, Pteridiuni
aquilinum (L.) Kuhn, often with other species such as
Acacia sp. Stephania hernandiaefolia Walp., Comnielina
eganae R.Br., Cymhopogon refractus (R.Br.) A. Camus

30

and Vitis opaca F. Muell. a native grape with enormous
tubers sometimes twelve to eighteen inches long which
can often be seen exposed on the eroded face of the dunes
at the southern extremity of the island. In one place there
is a small group of the sand cypresSjCaZ^itris cohimellaris
F. Muell.

The species of the more inland dunes persist to the
tops of the ocean-side dunes but on the seaward slopes
are gradually replaced by other species characteristic of the
less stabilised sand. Here Spinifex hirsutus Labill. is the
most common species but other species often occurring
commonly are Ipomoea pes-caprae Roth, Eraarostis inter-
rupta Ream'., Carpohrotus aequilatei’us (Haw.) N.E,
Brown, Glifcine fahacina I^enth., Zoijsia macrauiha Desv.,
Euphorbia peplus L., Scaevola saiiveole7is R. Br., and
■Ilibbertia volubilis Andr. ‘Where a low flat expanse of
sand exists between the dunes and the tidal beach proper
this area may be thrown into numerous hummocks by the
fleshy Crucifer Cakile marifima Scop., which builds up
the sand into a mound sometimes 1 ft. high and up to 4 ft.
in diameter.

In some places the Banks'.a forest is replaced by a low
dry scrub of rain-forest or senii-rain-forest species. Creep-
ers such as EmiJax australis R.Br., Ilopa anS'tra.lis R.Br.,
(Tcifouoplesium cpmosuni A. Cunn. and Flaqellaria indica
L. frecpiently scramble over the sand and into low trees,
and amongst the more common tree species seem to be
Cupaniopds anacardioides Radik., IlaJfordia kendak Guill.,
Acron!j(dna laeP's Forst., Eugenia smithii Poir., Polyscias
cJega ns Harms, Alphiton ia excelsa Reissek, Exacarpus
lafifofia R.Br., Canfhitim coprosnwides F. Muell., Maba
fasciculosa F. Muell, and Hibiscus tiliaceiis L.

Ycgeiation of the Southport Sa)id Spit

The dunes of the Southport sand spit are as yet only
partially stabilised by an incomplete ground cover and,
for the most part, trees are entirely lacking.

From the road between the Jubilee Bridge and the
31ain Beach surfing area the dunes stretch nortliAvards
for about 2^ miles as a narrow tongue of land, generally
about 300 yards wide. Along the eastern or ocean side
the dunes are raised in a steep generally undulating or
irregidar rampart while along the river side they are
fringed for about half their length with mangroves. Tn
between, the rolling dunes are raised to varying heights
and along the centre is a series of moist liollows varying
from a few yards in diameter to perhaps 100 yds. in length.

The primary coloniser on newly formed dunes is the

31

o’rass Spiniffj hirsHfus which caps the ramparts aloiio’
the ocean boacli and extends down tlie beach reaching
nearly to higli-tide mark. Its long, rapidly lengthening
rhizomes quickly colonise newly deposited sand and it
appears to be at its best when being continually buried
by blown sand. Tlie Spin! f ex is assisted in the work of
early stabilisation of the dunes by another very efficient
sand Innder, Oenothera (Jr-tnuondii Hook. (Evening prim-
rose.) I'lns is a prostrate species forming a dense mat which
rises as a rounded cushion as the blown sand is trapped.
Like the Spinifex, it is at its best only when being con-
tinually buried by dry sand, but while >^pinifex tends to
preserve the more gentle contours of the dune Oenothera
tends to tliroAV it into rounded hummocks or mounds often
several feet across. Once established it is generally more
effective than Spinifex in maintaining the dune, and
where wind erosion is taking place, the presence of Oeno-
thera results in erosion into sand stacks each capped by a
densely branched clump of this species.

Another early arrival on newly formed dunes is the
goat’s foot convolvulus, Ipomoea pes-eaprae. The purplish
stems, rooting at the nodes, can often be traced for 20 ft.
or more over the sand, and though tolerant of some bury-
ing it cannot generally withstand being covered to the
extent often experienced without harm by Hpinijex. The
fleshy pig-face (Carpohrofus aeqi(dateru^) is a fourth
species appearing fairly early on the dunes. The prostrate
stems bear densely placed fleshy leaves, triangular in
cross section, which often turn orange-red with age.

Where less sand movement occurs Hpinifex and Oeno-
thera are still dominant but each is mucli less vigorous
than on more recent dunes, the Spinifex producing fewer
rhizomes and the Oenothera occurring as small sparse
plants rather than the large cushion-like or mat-like clumps.
As well as the Ipomoea and Carpohrotus several other
species occur with them on more stable dunes. Probably
the most coniTuoii of these is the prickly couch, Zoj/sia riiae-
lantha, hut with it occur frequently RtaekhouHia spathulata
Sieb. Eragrostis interrupta and at times, other species
such as Sonchus maritmvis Tj , S'xievoJa suar^olen:^^ Onio-
thera sp., Tschaemum triticemn R.Br., Oxalis eorniculafa
L., Carex pumila Thunb. and S^enecio lautus Foret.

Beside the main road at the southern end of the spit
is a sniHll group of trees, one of the few remnants of the
scrub which at one time extended south as far as F^urfers’
Paradise about 3 miles away. The species comprising this
group are Banksia integrifolia, CAipayiiopsis anacardioides.

32

Call if collumellari^ (a sinp:le tree), and TTlmcAis tiHaceus.
From this centre hnffaio grass, Stevotaplirum secundatum
("Walt.) Kiintze has extended over the dmies for about
20 yards, and a few stunted specimens of an Acacia and
of Opimtia sp. are dotted here and there close to the road.
A few low specimens of Banl\sia are extending their area
northwards, the most distant of them not more than 200
yards from the road and only a foot or two high. With
these more distant plants of Banksia is a single tree of
Pandanus pednnculafns R.Br. These individuals together
with another tree of Fandamis and not more than a dozen
small shrubby specimens of Banksia scattered at generally
wide intervals make up the present tree population of the
dunes.

Found the margins of the hollows Spinifex and
Onwfhera tend to be I’eplaced on the moister substratum
by vo.i/sia macranfha often with scattered clumps of Scirpvs
nodosus Rottb. and the prostrate Lippia vodiflora Rich,
with its eone-like inflorescence. The floors of the hollows
carry a very dense cover, generally 4-12 in. high, of the
sedge Schocims nitens lh)ok. f. anumg wh'ch is often a
ground mat of various blue-green algae such as Scyfon-
cma sp. Sometimes among this Schoenn'^ cover thei’e are
scattered clumps or small stands of the taller Cladium
jiinceum R.Br., occasional plants of Cijperus poly fit acliyuA
Rottb. and more rarely, the fern Cyclosorus yonyylodcf^
Link. During autumn, the adder’s tongue, Ophioglossum
rnlyatum B. and terrestial orchids such as Microtis sp.
can also be found in these hollows. A few low shrubby
specimens of the swamp oak, Casuarina f/lauca and poorly
developed plants of Baccharis holimifolia L. (groundsel)
have ])ecome established in some Imllows, Blady grass also
sometimes occurs round the margins of these hollows and
in some cases mingles with the Bckoenus nifens. Some
hollows, probably not at a level sufficiently low for the
development of the dense ffckoenus cover often carry small
plants of TriglocJiin striata Ruiz, and Pav. Avith scattered
clumps of Bcirpus 'jwdosus.

Over the Avide Ioav expanse of sand near the bar are
numerous scattered hummock-foi-ming plants of Cakilc
maritima Scop betAveen Avhich are poorly developed indivi-
duals of Spinifcx.

A belt of mangroves of varying Avidth, sometimes up
to approximately 50 yards Avide, borders the Avesteru side
of the spit for about half its length. Avicenvia is the
dominant species but the smaller Aegiceras corniculafam
is also common, particixlarly to the rear of the Avicennia,
and the milky mangrove, Exoecaria agallocha L. occurs

33

occasionally. To tlie rear of these man^a-oves there is
developed in places a band of (Ui>marina (jlauca sometimes
witli Hihiscus tHiarcus and over them are often found the
scrambling Wedrlia hiffoi-a I)(b and the twining Vincr-
ioxicum rarao.swoa Reuth. Kxce]d wbere the encroaching
dunes abnt directly on the mangroves the latter are re-
placed landwards by a narrow meadow of Sporhoius
rirginictis, witii some Jiuicus inarifi})ius, FiyurisftjUs fer-
ruginea, Saliconiia austral is, Fesuvium portulaafstrum L.,
and Suaeda australis.

At present, in spite of the vigorous growth of Spinifex
and Oenothera, tlie dunes must be regarded as only partly
stabilised and much of it subject to continual topographical
change as sand is blown from one position and deposited
in another. This unstable condition will probably persist
until a tree cover is developed, and it appears that this
cover Avill, at least at first, consist mainly of Banksia,
integrifoUa over the dunes and Casuarina glauca in the
hollows. Progress towards the development of a tree cover
seems up to the present to have been at a slow rate and this
may in part be due to the probable scarcity of propagative
material. The only close source of seed is the small group
of trees at the southern-most end of the spit and any
other seed must be carried by wind or water over the
Xerang Iviver or liy wind from occasional trees south of
the spit. Once the few small individuals of Banksia at
pi'esent established oji the dunes begin to produce quan-
tities of seed the development of a ti'ee cover may proceed
at a considerably increased rate.

A V k nowledgemen is

The author is indebted to Mr. S. T. Blake and Mr.
L. S. Smith for determination of numerous specieinns, and
to Professor D. A. Ifei'bert for reading the manuscript.

References

Brooks, I. H. (1953). — Stradb oke Island erosion and Broadwater
silting, Southport. Qld. Govt. Minnig jour, 54 (622) : 566-569,
Connah, T. H. (1946). — Siradbroke Island erosion and Broadwater
silting, Southport. Qld Govt. Mining Jour. 47 (542) : 370-373.

A NEW ERIA FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND

T. E. Hunt

Eria- liparoides sp. nov. Khizoma vaide abbreviatum ;
pseudobulbi circa Ibcm longi et 2.5-3cm lati, sulcati. Folia
4, oblanceolata, suhacuta, circa •b5cm longa et 5 cm lata,
basem . versus canaliculata et angustata, inultinervia.
Racemus circa 30cm longus, multiflorus, erectus, fusco-

34

tomentosus ; bracteae deltoideae, persistentes, fusco-
tornentosae. Flores flavi, pellueidi, tomento fusco extus
praediti. Sepaium dorsale oblongum, obtusum, circa 7mm
longiim, marginibus incurvatis. Sepala lateralia triangul-
aria. obtnsa, circa 8mm longa, cum pede cohminae mentum
obtusum breve formaiis. Petala elliptica, obtiisa, circa 7mm
longa. Labellum quam petala brevius, ad pedem columnae
mobile sed sessile, trilobatnm ; iobi laterales ampli, erecti,
marginibns anticis excnrvis; lobus medius crassus, oblatus,
obtusus,; lamina ad basem canaliculata ,ad bases lobornm
lateraliiim crassissima. Columna brevissima, robusta, alba;
pes columnam aeqiians ; stigma latum, profunde depressum ;
alae breves albae ; rostellnm breve, sufflavum; pollinia
alba.

Cook District: Garradiniga Swamp, Victory Creek, a
tributary of tlie Johnstone F., S. F. GoessUng-St. Cloud,
11/51, flowered in cultivation at Cairns 10/53. TYPE
ill Brisbane Herbarium.

Pseudo-bulbs crowded, robust, about 15cm long and
2. 5-3. 0cm wide, furroAved, covered Avith the searious re-
mains of sheathing scales. Leaves 4, green, about 35cm
long and 5cm Avide, oblanceolate, sub-acute, channelled
and slender toAvards the base, multi-nerved, mid-rib prom-
inent. Bacemes about 30cm long, many-floAvered, erect, pale
green, broAvn tomentose, flOAvering almost to the base;
bracts deltoid, brown tomentose, persistent. Flowers pale
yelloAv, all segments translucent ; pedicels, ovaries, and the
exterior surfaces of the sepals hairy. Dorsal sepal abotu
7mm long, oblong, obtuse, margins incurved. Lateral sepals
about 8mm long, forming Avith the column foot a blunt
spur, broad-triangular, obtuse. Petals elliptical, obtuse,
about as long as the dorsal sepal. Labellum shorter than
the other segments, mobile hut sessile at the end of the
column foot, trilobate; lateral lobes large, erect, anterior
margins curved outAvards and appearing from the front like
tAA^o horns; mid-lobe yelloAv, thicker in texture than the
lateral lobes, broader than long, recurved strongly to give
the appearance that the labellum is bent through 90 de-
grees, obtuse, a small reddish-broAvn marking in the middle ;
plate depressed somewhat at the base and ornamented with
two small broAvn spots, canaliculate aboA^e and thickened
at the bases of the two lateral lobes. Column very short and
stout, Avhite ; stigma broad and deep ; Avings short, Avhite ;
rostellnm short, yellowish, continued as an erect low septum
across the clinandrium ; pollen masses oblong, Avhite ;
column foot as long as the column.

E. fitzalayii F. MueL, E. linariiflora Rupp, E. inorn-
ata Hunt, and E. liparoides Hunt could not with any de-

Hria h per aides Hunt

36

gree of certainty he separated when sterile. The habits,
psendo-bulbs, and foliage are practically identical. AVhen
in flower, however, they separate qnite readily. The dif-
ferences are, individnally, minor ones but in the aggregate
the define the species ade(iiiately. E, Unariiflora has easily
the largest flowers and is the only white one. It and E.
fitzalani have keeled plates, the former having two keels
and the latter three with two prominent calli on the mid-
lobe. The labellum of E. lipawides is quite different from
that of E. jiornata. The latter has lateral lobes made quite
distinct by deep clefts in the lamina of the labellum; in
E. liparoides there are no such clefts and the anterior
margins of the lateral lobes curve outwards and down-
wards to the mid-lobe in the manner of some species of
JAparis. It is to this feature that the specific name refers.
These two species can also be readily separated by the
relative lengths of their colunui feet. In E. inornaia the
foot is twice as long as the column and in E. liparoidei^
it is the same length.

Key To Plate

A. Plant, greatly reduced. B. Exploded view of flattened
segments, x 2. C, Side v’ew of flower, segments folded back to
show form of labellum. D. Anther f'om below. E. Column and
ovary from side, x 2. F. Preserved flower from side., x 2. G.
Labellum from side. ^

(B. to G from dried material and variously enlarged.)

A RECORD OF TPICTIOPELTULA SP.

IN QFE ENGLAND
A. B. CRIBB

While examining speeiments epiphyllous algae from
South Queensland rain forests the author came across
numerous specimens which could be referred to one' of the
atrichous forms of what Jennings (189(i) described from
New Zealand as '' Phyeopclfis niyraA' This species is now
recognised' as being a fungus, not an alga, and Jennings’
name has been discarded by Santesson (1944). A speci-
men of the Queensland plant has been determined by Dr.
E. W. Mason of the Commonwealth Mycological Institute
as Trichopeltida sp.

The colonies appear as fine, black, irregularly branched
lines on the upper leaf surface of a wide variety of rain
forest species. They are typically band-like, up to 5 mm.
or longer, the diameter generally irregular and within the
one thallus varying from 30-150 u. The thallus is composed
of a single layer of radiating rectangular cells 3.5-7 ,u long,

37

2-4 ,11 liroad. 1-3 times as lono* as broad, sliowino’ conspie-
uous zoiiate arrangement. OeeuiTing liere and there over

Colonies of T lichopelmla sp., xlO.

the thallus are slightly raised areas with tliieker walls,
each provided with a central irregular aperture. P>eneath
each raised area is a compact weft of hyphae in which may
be embedded asci with 3-septate spores.

References

Jennings, A. V. (1896) — On two new species of Fhyco-
peltis from New Zealand. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.
Ser. .9 3: 753-766.

Santesson, R. (1914:) ^Phy copelt is }iigra Jennings a mis-
understood epiphvllous “alga.'’ Svensh Hot. Tidskrift
38 (3) : 243-248.*

REPORT OF LIBRARIAN FOR THE YEAR 1952-53

The Library has been available to all members on
each General Meeting niglit of the year, but has not been
taken advantage of to any great extent, an average of
five members having used it per month.

As no new books have been purchased for some con-

38

siderable time, owiii^ principally to lack of space for
accommodating same, tlie small nnmber of borrowers is
to be expected, especially as most members themselves are
subscribers to the magazines supplied by the Club.

It is recommended that a ‘‘reference library,” suitable
for those interested in different branches of natural his-
tory, be maintained, instead of the present set-up ; any
member wishing to do so, could apply for access to the
Library cupboard on meeting nights to look up informa-
tion re((uired. Tlie amount of subscriptions at present
paid for “National Geographic,” “Geographic,” “Wild
Life” and “Walkabout," could be used for additions to
the Library of suitable reference books.

The Library Committee met at the home of the
Librarian, where exchanges and overilows from the Li-
brary are stored, for the purpose of deciding how these
could best be allocated. The list of exchanges was revised,
and decisions arrived at were deferred for confirmation
by Council.

Thanks are extended to the Library Committee for
the help given with the many hundreds of exchanges, and
also to Miss E. Baird for officiating on two General
Meeting nights, when the Librarian was absent from
Brisbane.

E. M. JACKSON, Librarian

HEBER ALBERT LONGMAN

Heber Longman, the scholarly dean of Queensland naturalists,
passed away at his riverside home in Chelmer on February 16th,
1954. Born at Heytsbury on the edge of the Downs in Wiltshire

on June 24th, 1880, he early developed his interests in the botany,
geology and archaeology of the countryside. In 1902 he came to
Australia and became keenly interested in the plant life of his
new surroundings. That was the time of great activity in the
study of botany in Queensland, when such men as F. M. Bailey,
of Brisbane and J. H. Maiden, Sydney, were stimulating the work
of enthusiastic amateur naturalists. Heber Longman was an
asiduous collector and student, and his extensive herbarium was

39

later presented to the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. In later
years other aspects of his wide interests in natural science left
him less time to devote to botany.

Perhaps there v/as an element of fortuity in his entry on the
fields of zoology and palaentology, where he was to win his
greatest distinction. In 1911 he joined the staff of the Queens-
land museum. F. M. Bailey, in his headquarters at the Botanic
Gardens, dominated botany in the State, and the work at the
Museum was predominantly zoological. Mr. Longman maintained
his interest in plant science, as is shown by the publication of
papers on such topics as the flora of Masthead Island and
the flora of a single rain forest tree on Tamborine Mountain, the
latter written in collaboration with C. T. White. He did not, how-
ever, undertake any of the more detailed tasks of botanical
taxonomy.

In 1917 he was appointed Director of the Queensland
Museum, a post he held until his retirement in 1945. Most of his
publications, which amounted to more than seventy papers, were
published in the Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, and out-
standing amongst them were his contributions to vertebrate
palaentology. It was these that established his international
reputation. Amongst the new genera he described were two
dinosaurs (Rhoetosaurus and Austrosaurus). marine reptiles
(Kronosaurus and Cratochelone), a fish (Flindersicthys) and a
marsupial (Euryzygoma). There were, too, important contribu-
tions to the living fauna of the State. Members of the Royal
Society of Queensland and the Queensland Naturalists' Club
remember with pleasure the numerous occasions on which with
characteristic lucidity and contagious enthusiasm he lectured on
zoological and palaentological topics. Sometimes these were
under the more formal conditions of presentation of a research
paper, but at most meetings he would be apt to produce an
exhibit of outstanding interest. Whether the exhibit was of a
newly recorded species or something of common occurrence he
had the facility of arousing the keenest attention in his audience.
Aboriginal skulls, native weapons, live reptiles, insects, fish,
birds, Barrier Reef specimens, artifacts and fossils took on a new
interest as • he spoke. As he handled his specimens it was
obvious that he thoroughly enjoyed sharing his pleasure in them.

Heber Longman's love of his chosen work, his erudite but
simple style of lecturing, and his wide background of experience
were the features of his educational work in the community. He
was equally at home in talking about natural history to the
school children who regularly visited the Museum, and in philo-
sophical discussions with his academic colleagues. His interests
ranged from the study of the life history of a spider to theological
argument.

On his retirement from the Museum he continued his educa-
tional work by contributing a regular column on Nature's Ways
to the "Courier-Mail." He lost none of that power of stimulating
interest in natural history by leaving the lecturing field and
reaching a wider audience through his articles. Week by week
thousands of h^'s readers followed with interest his accounts of
the birds that visited his garden at Chelmer, or his essays on the
wild life of Queensland.

With Mrs. Longman, who herself has served Queensland with
distinction in public life, he maintained open house for a wide
circle of friends and visitors to the State. Their home, set amongst

40

trees by the Brisbane River, was a meeting place for all the
diverse interests with which they had interwoven their lives in
the community.

Many honours were bestowed on Mr. Longman. He was
President of the Royal Society - of Queensland on two occasions,
1919 and 1939, President of the Queensland Naturalists' Club,
Vice-Chairman of the Great Barrier Reef Committee and a member
of the Australian .National Research Council, He had been a
Fellow of the Linnaean Society of London, Fellow of the Royal
Anthropological Institute and Corresponding Member of the Zoo-
logical Society. In 1946 he was awarded the Australian Natural
History Medallion and in 1952 the Mueller Memorial Medal of the
Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of

Science.

— D, A, HERBERT.

C. T. White Memorial Lecture Fund
A/c. No. S23397

Account Opened .
Interest, May, 1952

66 0 6
2 12 8

£68 13 2

£50 Loan in Commonwealth Bank.

A. R. BRIMBLECOMBE,

Hon. Auditor.

KATHLEEN A. STRONG,

Hon. Treasurer.

ISr

■

PRICE 2/.

Vol. 15, No. 3

Au|ust, 1955

THE

Queensland Naturalist

JOURNAL OF THE

QUEENSLAND NATURALISTS' CLUB

^‘The Poetry of Earth is never dead ,^^ — Keats

The Author of each Article is responsible for
the statements expressed therein

u.C-

■f ••

CONTENTS

,'Coothaiba Lake and the Wreck of the "Stirling

Castle” ^.... _

V Mosquitoes of the Tewantin District

i; An Occurrence of Endogone mactocatpa in Queens-

land

Fairy Rings in Colonies of Blue-green Algae

,CNew Locality for Plunkett Mallee (Eucalyptus

cuztisii Blakely and White)

* A New Orchid from South Queensland

i; Report on the Orchids of the Springbrook District,

Easter, 1955

^’.Annual Report

i Report of Librarian

: Proceedings

Page

41

43

45

46

48

50

.....r • 56. •'-•■-'.'t'-'.,;/; '

..1 :38 ■ — -V

59 I

X '

The Queensland Naturalists’ Club

Official Journal — The Queendand Naturalist
OFFICE BEARERS, 1954-55.

Preside7it ;

Miss M. Holland.

Vice-Presidents ;

Mr. L. S. Smith, Mrs. A. B. Cribb,

Hon. Secretary \

Miss M. HaAvkeu,

5 Kidstone Street, Albion.

Hon. Treasurer \ ^

Mrs. I. Waddle

Hon, Librarian :

Mrs. G. L. Jackson.

Hon. Excursion Secreta^'y :

Dr, E. N. Marks

, Council:

Mrs. AV. M. Bristow, Dr. E. 0. Marks,

Mr. S. T. Blake, Mr. G. II. Barker.

Hon. Editor:

Mr. A. B. Cribb

Dept, oi' Botanj^ University of Queensland.

Hon. Laniernist: Mr. K. T. Cameron.

Hon. Auditor: Mr. A. R.' Brimblecombe

SUBSCRIPTIONS :

Ordinary Members 20s, per annum

Country Members 10s. per annum

Junior Members 10s. per annum

Joint Members (Husband & Wife) 30s. per annum

MEETINGS :

Evening Meetings are held at the Brisbane Women's Club Rooms,
148 Adelaide Street, on the third Monday of every month.
Excursions are held once a month from March to December.

41

COOTHARABA LAKE AND THE WRECK OF THE
"STIRLING CASTLE."

E. J. Smith.

Tile following short account of tlu^ rescue ot* Mrs.
P'raser and other survivors of the '\Steriing Castle'' wreck
has been Avritteu for members of the Queensland Natur-
alists' Club that they may be able, in imagination, to
follow the adventures of tlie rescued and theii* rescuer,
who travelled along the sea coast, and across the lakes
of tlie selfsame territory in Avhicli the lf)o4 Easter Camp
was situated.

AndrcAv Petrie, in his flournal of an Expedition to
the “Wide Pay Hiver" in 18b4 writes: “This bay or inh't
[Laguna Bay] has a rivei- in the bight [Noosa Kiverlr
which forms several large lakes, or sheets of Avater. A
feAv miles inland from one of these lakes, ^Irs. Fraser
[Avife of Captain Ph-aser of the “Stirling Castle"] was
rescued from the blacks by Bracefield [a convict wlio
lived with the blacks] and conveyed to the boats whicli
were anchored at the same place where avc encamped"
{Tom Petvie^^ Reminiscences p.262)

There are tAvo inaccuracies in this statement. Mrs.
Ph-aser Avas not rescued by Bracefield, and slie Avas not
conveyed to Laguna Bay. She Avas rescued by a convict
John Graham, and Avas conA'eyed to the boats at Double
Island T^oint.

ScA'eral conflicting accounts of the Avreck of the
“Stirling (Castle" have been Avritten. lioth Stuart Russel,
in The Genesis of Queensland and AndrcAV Thdrie be-
lieved the story that liraeefield had told them. IIoAvevei*.
John Gibbing in John (G-aham (convict), gives copies
of official reports of the rescue of Mrs. P'’i‘aser and the
survivors of the Stirling (''astle Avreek, namely John
Graham's report to the Commandant at Moreton Bay.
Lieut. Otter's report to the (k)mmandant, the Comman-
dant’s report to the Colonial Secretary and other official
documents.

These rc]K)rts clearly sIioav that iNfi's. Ph'aser Avas
rescued by John Graham, convict, in August. 188b.
during an expedition under the command of Lieut. Otter
Avho Avas the lieutenant of Commandant Captain PVans
of the fourth regiment (King’s Oavu).

The expedition tra\'elled in tAVo Avhaleboats manned
by convicts, and camped respectively at
and at Double Island Point. At Laguna
Avent alone and unarmed to search for

42

and lie hroii^’lit back two young sailors, lie learned
from the natiA’es, that Baxter, the second mate, Avas at
the southernmost part of Fraser Island, and that [Mrs.
Fraser was near Double Island Point.

The boats then proceeded to Double Island Point, and
from there Graham again Avent alone and unarmed, and
brought back Baxter. He learned that Mrs. P^'raser had
been I'emoA'ed forty miles to the south.

Graham Avent in search of her, leaA'ing blaze marks
on tlie trees for Lieut. Otter to folloAA' Ids track and to
indicate Avhere he should camp. AVith the help of friendly
blacks h(‘ AA'as successful in rescidng Airs. P'raser.

He Avas rcAvarded Avith a ticket-of-leave, and ten
pounds to start him in a iicaa- life. On his return from
the expedition, he Avas transferred to Sydney. Appar-
ently he became impatient, Avhen at the end of the year
he had not ri'ceived his ]n*omised rcAvard, foi* lie draftinl
out a ]ietition for iiardon from Avhich the official docu-
ment Avas compih'd. The folloAving is an extract from
G)*aham’s rough draft:

‘‘’’IMiat from in‘of(nT(Hl RcAvards and Promises from
Oapt. P\vans Oommandant at moreton bay he volun-
teered to go search The mountains of the north among
the Ganiballs and savages, for the survivors of the
Stirling (kistle where the blacks had carried them Avitii
the Avife of the murdered Gapt. Ph'aser, Avhich the had
for a shoAv . . That on the 18th august he freed Robert
Gary and Robert Demon from the Savages at Lake
PL'ans. That on Ibtli he freed dohn Baxter from :100
savagt'S on AIcGlays Island and Avent over 4 miles of
Avatter on tlie mouth of Gousk's bay for him That on
The 17th of august 1S86. 1 k‘ freed Mrs. PF*aser from
scAom hundred (kinniballs and savaea's Avho had hm- in
the mountains (as a shoAv) Avest of Gousks Avide Lake
Where he Avent and getting tlu^ tribes that (haimed him
as There friend to Stand by him Avhile he claimed her
as his or the (Spirit of his Avife) he succeeded to take
her from thoes frightful Gians — and hoards of Ganni-
balls and savages and can-ied her upwards of 40 miles
Avith tlie assistance of 4 blacks that came Avith him from
the mountains and b\' ti*aA’elling all tho knight iie
reatehed the boats at Avide bay on the moniing of Thui's-
day tlie 18th of august 1886, . . ’k

Airs. P^’raser Avas brought over Lake CViotharaba :n
a. bark canoe. Graham Avrites — ^Mlaving come to the
canoes, tAvo Avere brought — three in each Ave cross'd the
lake.

43

On . her head was a Southwester, the smell ol:‘ the
paint Kept the Blaeks from taking? it. Around lier loins
were part of the lejrs and waistband of a pair of Trous-
ers, M’hieh eovered part of her thi^rlis, wound round with
Vim'S twenty fold as well for delieae>’ as the presei'-
vation of lier maria^e and Ear rin^s whieh she eon-
eealed under the Vines, and the only artieles that were
saved from those savagje hands.'’

Lieut. Otter Avrites — ‘'After walkin^^ about 2r> miles
[from Double Island Point] avc found a mark in the
sand, Avhieh had been previously agreed upon as a si^n
to halt. We had not been there more than half an hour
Avhen Graham appeai*ed with four natives and j^ave us
the "ratifying intelligence that he succeeded, and tJiat
lUi's. Fraser was waitinir close at hand for a cloak to
cover her . .

Lieut. Otter Avas accompanied by the tAvo corporals
and the coxAvain, all of Avhom Avere Avell armed for tin'
purpose of rendering' ' any assistance that mi^ht be
required.

They traA^elled all niirht th(' tAventy-five miles oc-
casionally canyino: Mrs. Fraser, and reached the boats
at Double Island Point at about three o'clock the next
mornin".

The tAvo men Avho Avere rescued near La"una Bay
Avere brought across Lake Fyans in canoes.

MOSQUITOES OF THE TEWANTIN DISTRICT

E. N. Marks.

In a previous note (1947, Q’Ul. Nafnnilisf (3) ;
04-55) fourteen species of mosquitoes AA’cre re-coi‘ded
from tlie Noosa-TeAvantin area. The list for the district
has noAV been increased to thirty species, mainly as a
result of collections made during the Easter cam]) at
Boreen Point (15-19th April, 1954), Avhen tAventy-tAvo
spe-cies Avere taken.

The similarity in <reology and l>otany bet^veen this
area and the southern end of Moreton Bay has been re-
marked upon. TAventy of tAventy-ei"ht mosquito species
recorded from Dumvich (1949, Q’hl. Naiunfli.si 14 fl )

: 9-12) are knoAvu from the TcAvautin district and the
remainder may be expected to occur there also.

Mosquitoes at Boreen Point, thougJi never eueoun-
tered in large numbers Avere remarkable for the variety of
species and for the scarcity or absence of seATral usiially

44 .

coiumon in this type of couiiti’y. Of the species previously
recorded in tlie district, Aedes alfcnunts, A. rubrifhorax,
A. multiplex, A. Ihieafopcnnis, A. kochi and Culex sp.
near cplindrinis Avere not taken. T’he ontstandino' find
was the small non-bitino* rranotaenia aim, adults of
Avhich M'cre i-esting above a small brackish pool among' the
roots of a tea tree on the edge of the lake. This species
was not previously known to oeciu‘ south of Townsville.
J\ pygmaea larvae were found in a tea tree swamp nearby.
Aedcs funcrcus, O. vigilax, A. nofoscriptus. A, gahnicola,
Tacniorhguchns Hjicalis, T. xanthoga^^ter, T. uiiiformi:^,
Culex (nnndirosfri.s, C. sifiois and Avopheles annulipes
were taken biting l)y day in bush and the last five were
also taken l;iting at nis’ht outside the huts. Of these only
A. finiereus. C. annulirostris and C. siticus were at all
common, t^pecies of Taeniorh fpichus; apparently are of
seasonal occurrence in South Queensland. In summer
T. linealis are often numerous in the coastal heath country,
l)ut only a single battered specimen Avas taken here,
]n*obably iudicating that this s])eeies' peiaod of emergence
luid ended. On the othei* hand, T. xanfhogaster and T.
juiifonnis Avere mori^ numerous and i]i fresh condition
suggesting that emergeiu’c Avas still in ])rogress.

Another species biting by day in the bush Avas pre-
viously recorded fi'om Noosa and DunAvich as Aedcs simdis
but noAV is knOAvn to be a distinct unnamed species.

A specimen of (ddex pipiens ausir(dicus Avas taken
indoors at night. This species, Avhich has only recent-
ly been distinguished from C. fafigaiis, usually bites birds
and may have been attracted to the light.

Around the camp Aedcs frcmtda Avas biting, and
the presence of males resting in the bathi'ooms suggests
that it Avas breeding close at hand, rsually uncommon, this
s])ecies occasionally finds a domestic situation ideally
suited to it and breeds up in large numbers, becoming
quite a serious household pest. It has a vicious bite and
by reason, of its small size can often enter mosquito nets;
its high pitched note is quite distinctive. Its normal
breeding places are tree holes, and larvae Avere found In
one such cavity at Boreen Point, associated Avith tliose of
Aedcs nofoscriptus, Triptcroides atripcs, and Tripteroidcs
sj). neai* coUcssi.

In grassy pools near the lake, larvae Avere taken of
Culex (Lutzia) Jialifaxi, C. annulirostris and a Cidex sp.
of the fraudatrix group. A second (^ulex of this group
Avas breeding in a teatree sAvamp, associated Avitli
C: postspiraculosus.

4 ^

Two additional species (‘ollected at Tewantiii in I^e-
eember are Acdcs aculcafu.s and .1. vitHger. Collections in
summer and including some of the patches of rain forest
in the district should add considerably to tlie list of mos-
(piito spe(*ies knoAvn from this area.

AN OCCURRENCE OF ENnOGOAE MAfdNX'ARrA

IN QUEENSLAND.

Joan W. Cribb.

Etidogone macrocarpa Tub is probably the most fre-
(juenlly observed and most variable species of the <:»‘enus.
It has l;ee]i recorded as occurrino’ in Europe, North Amer-
i(-a and Tasmania (listed as E. (lusfralc in Cooke's 71<utd~
hook of Auslr(di(ni P^inigi), and is lun*e recordt'd I'rom
IMt. (llorioiis (0{'tober) and Ijaminji'ton National Park
(Alarcli) in S.E. Queensland. '’Inis is the second record
of the ^‘(nuis for the Australian mainland, tlie otinn* bein,e'
/A fubo'cidosa Lloyd, collected in New South AYales.

Each of tile Queensland colh'ctions consists of oiu'
fruetil'ication only, and both w(u*(‘ found by the writer in

Endogone macrocarpa Tul. — 1, Section oi portion ot gleba
showing chlamydospores embedded in loose hyphal matrix, x 50;
2-4, Chlamydospores in section, x 150,

46

tlio same type of liabitat viz., in leaf litt(‘r in rainfor(*st
friuginj; eomitry; the second collection Avas found as-
sociated Avitli Octaviania sp. Tlie specimens Avere Avhite
Avhen fresli, drying: yelloAvish ; the gleba Avas yelloAvish,
and the spores Avith tlieir thick broAvn Avails could be seen
distinctly Avith the aid of a hand lens. The plant is (jAiite
firm, to 6 mm. diam., and tlion^ii externally resembling
members of the Hynienogastraceae, it is actually a Phy-
comycete, closely related to Mucor.

E. macrocarpa is distino'uished from all other species
of Endogone by the laro-p size of its o-lobose chlamydos-
pores, AA'hich, in the specimen from Lamino'ton National
Park, are up to 200 u in diameter, Avith the broM’ii endo-
spore Avail to 15 u thick and the hyaline exospore to 8 u
tiiick. The Tasmanian collection and the specimen from
Mt. Glorious have spores PiO-170 u diameter; Europea !i
specimens sIioav a variation of the maximum diameter
112-230 u; in American material, the spores are smaller,
beino' 80-100 u in «'reatest diameter. In the different col-
lections, the hyphal matrix varies in looseness; in some
it is densely com])acted, so that spore-origins are not
often clearly seen; in the Queensland material the matrix
is quite loose, and the spore-origins eoi*respondingly
conspicuous.

FAIRY RINGS IN COLONIES OF
BLUE-GREEN ALGAE.

A. B. Gril)b.

Over the ])eriod May, 1952 to Nov., 1954, the Avriter
has had under periodic observation an extensive colony
of blue-green algae developed ov(n* ])ortion of the sand-
clay surface of a tennis coui't at IpsAvicli. QVieensland.
This blue-green slund is composed mainly of tAvo species,
namely, Schizofhrix arevaria (Berk.) Gom. and ^fic■ro~
coleus nipicola (Tilden) Drouet. After rain these algae
become very prominent as a bright l)lue-green or olive -
green statum Avhich fades on drying.

OA^er this algal stratum there has appeared after eacli
fall of rain a number of roughly circular uneolonised
01 * very sparsely colonised patdies varying fi'om 1 cm. or
l(*ss to about 30 cm. in diameter. Tlu‘ pale colour oi‘ these
uncolonised areas contrasts very sliarply Avith the sur-
rounding olive-green of the algae and can be distinguished
clearly at a distance of about 60 ft., tliough becoming
almost indistinguishable after drying of the soil. In most
of the larger bare circles, particularly tliose over 7 cm,

47

in (liimioter, there is a teudeiiey for the al^ae to reapjavir
soni(^ distance from the maroin and it is not nniisual to
i'iiid the central area sparstdy recolonisi'd and separated
fi'om th(' shai‘pl>' (hd'ini'd ont(M* mar^-in of tlu' cii-cle hy
a. C()mplet(dy bare' lang oft(Mi no moit' than 1-2 cm. in
widtli. In somi‘ of the larger cireles tlu're is a tendcnicy
towards tiie foi'iiiation of a series of c(Micentrie ring's ah
ternately colonised and bare.

Uncolonised rings in a stratum of blue-green algae. A foot
rule is in the foreground.

The occurrence over grassed aivas of soimovliat similar
l)Ut largcn- “fairy-rings'’ is well known, ami liere the
riims art' dm^ to the radial growth of some fungus which
is generally a member of tlie Agarieaceae or Lycoper-
daceae. However, in the case of the “fairy-rings” over
the l)lue-green algae tlu‘ causative agents were found to
l)e Aseomycetous fungi.

After falls of rain sufficient to keep the soil moist
for about three days small dark brown perithecia re-
sembling grains of sand generally appear somewhat
sparsely over the bare areas. In circles less than o cm.
in diameter they may occur anywhere from the centrt^
to within about b mm. of the margin, but in larger circles
are. generally I'estricted to a ring 1 -2 cm, wide situated
about b mm. from the outer margin. For tlu' most part, no
])erithecia are found in recolonised areas within the cirehe

Algal filaments a1 the margins of bare areas have

48

been examined and the effect of the fungus seems to be
to cause dissociation of the cells 'within the common sheath
without actual penetration by the fungal hyphae.

Four collections of peritliecia Iiave been made, and,
rather surprisingly, these have been found to comprise
two distinct species, each behaving in the same Avay, ns
far as was noted, with respect to its effect on the algal
('olonies and its ])roduetion of fruiting bodies.

These tAvo species have not been determijied, but tlie
folloAving are short descri]dions of perithecia and s])ores.

Fungus No. 1, Ma-^, 1953, Nov., 1954. — Perithecia globose, up
to 300 u diam., with an apical plane pore, superficial to
embedded, memb.^ancus, dark brown, black on drying; asci
cylindric-ciavate, sporogenous part 50-70 x 10-13 u, 8-spored;
spores hyaline, ellipsoid to eliipsoid-fusoid, tardily becoming 2-
celled, 16-20 x 4 5-6 u; paraohyses absent.

Fungus No. 2, May, 1952, Jan., 1954. — Perithecia globose, up
to 300 u diam., apical pore plane or slightly beaked, superficial
to -} embedded, dark brown and membranous, black and almost
subcarbonous on drying; asci cylindric-ciavate, sporogenous part
15-22 X 6-7.5 u, 8-spored; spo’-es cylindric with rounded apices,
somewhat spirally twisled, 10-12 x 1.5 u; paraphyses absent.

In addition to 1hc case dcscrilu'd al)ov(g the Avritcr
has iiot(‘d tlit^ oceurr(MiC(' of circular bar(‘ ar<‘as accom-
pauie<l by the i)i'oducti(m of 1'ungal fniitiiig bodi('s o\'i>r
strata ol' a t)lue-gi*('en alga(‘ (h'veloped on a coucr(d(' ste[u
( 'olonies of biiK'-grc'eii alcav on sloiu' walls, and in partic-
ular on tlu‘ ('oncr<d(‘ floor of a glass hous(‘ also soimdhnes
sho^v ‘^fairy-rings" Avhich, though unaccompanied liy
riingal fruiting bodi(‘s, arc' pia'sumably the result of the
activities of some fungus.

This field is otu' Avhich might re|>ay further study.

NEW LOCALBTY FOR PLUNKETT MALLEE

(EUCALYPTUS CUETISII BLAKELY & WHITE)

T. lb Blake.

IMuiikelt Malice (E. rurtisii), a ran' mallee-lilu'
Eucalypt, has been reported previously from two knadi-
ti('s both in south-eastern Queensland — Plunkett, about
:l:> mih's south-Avest of Brisbane, and near Mount Gravatt
Avithin the city of Brisbane.

The species is named in honour of IMr. Densil Curtis,
Avho first drcAV the attention of l\Ir. C. T. ’White to the
plants Avhen the latter Avas collecting in tlie Idunkett area
in 1923.

lIoAvever, only fruiting specimens Avere available then
and on a second A-isit in February 1929, although a good
series of fruiting specimens, Avood and coppice leaves
Avere gathered, floAvers Avere again unavailable. IMr.. Curtis
gathered good floAvering material in November 1929, and

Eucalyptus curtisii at Belmont.

— Photo by A. A. Salmon.

50

this enabled a satisfactory description to be draAvn np.
Prior to finding flowering material it Avas thought tliat
because of the peculiar nature of the seeds and the ril)bed
and toothed capsule that the plant could have been a
Trisl(fnia or au Aiujophora.

The plant Avas later found in the Avesteru to south-
Avesteru foothills of .Alt. Gravatt, near Sunnybank Ceme-
tery Keserve by Mr. (b T. AA'liite in March, 1981.

A ucAV locality Avas found beside the old Cleveland
lioad, Pelmont. near (b-eek Hoad in Xovember, 1958. A
single plant is groAving Avithiii sight of the road and it is
a Avonder that it lias not been reported before. HoAvever,
the plant had been severley damaged by fire and may not
have floAvered for several years. Specimens Avere gathered
by ^Ir. A. A. Salmon and myself Avithin a day or tAVO of
eacli other and these avci’c identified by Mr. S. T. Blake
of the Government Botanist’s Office. The tree floAvered
again profusely in 195-I-.

PolloAving the floAvering in 1958, several peoi)!e have
i-aised seedlings and it is to be 1io]kh1 tiiat this beautiful
wliite-floAvering gum Avill l?ecome one of the native shrubs
in Brisbane gardens.

A NEW ORCHID FROM SOUTH QUEENSLAND

T. E. HUNT

Saccolabium virgatinn sp. nov. Plajita epiphytica,
parvula. Folia 2-8, linearidanceolata, vaginantia, acuta,
crassa, canaliculata, pilis simplicibus minutissimis canes-
centia, circa 2.7 cm longa et 4 mm lata. Ilacemus circa 4
cm longus, pauciflorus, eanesens, rubidus. Pedieellus
cum ovario circa 7 mm longus, rubidus. Sepala petalaque
acqualia, linearia, circa 8 mm longa, subacuta, alba
marginibus et linea media coccinea. Labellum in pede
coliimnae sessile, saccatum, crassum ; lamina circa 8 mm
longa et 2 mm lata, recurva, ad basem canaliculata,
glandulosa, virido-fiava ; lobi laterales erecti, lati, acuti;
lobus medius brevissimus marginibus erectis; saccus circa
2 mm longus, tenuis, ad basem extus eanaliculatus, inanis.
Columna circa 2 mm longa, tenius, curva, marginibus
coccineis; anthera ampla, rostrata, partim crocea partim
coccinea; rostellinu lougissimum ; stigma longum tenue ;
polliiiia 2, sulcata.

MORETON DISTRICT : AYunbiu*ra, near Mud-
geeraha ; October, 1958 ; 1). Hoekings. TYPE in Queens-
land Herbarium, Brisbane.

Small epiphyte. Stem short, erect. Roots fcAv, long,
white. Leaves fcAv, linear-lanceolate, acute, curved or

51

twisted, diiU olive f:i-eeu witli faint crimson spots, thick
in texture, channelled, li^'litly covered witli minute simple
hairs, about 2.7 cm lon^ and 4 mm Avide. l^acemes few-
floAvered, about 4 cm lon^. reddisli, minutely hairy, A'ery
slender at the base and tiiickeniu*^ towards the top; bracts
minute, deltoid, persistent. Pedicel and ovary about 7 mm
lon^, crimson flushed. PioAvers about 7 mm lon^. Sepals
and petals Avhitish -with dark crimson margins and a
ligliter crimson median line. J)orsal sepal linear, sub-
acute, 4 mm Jong. Latc'ral sepals adnate to the base of
the column, similar to the dorsal but bent forAvards and
upAvards to embrace the free lamina of the labellum. l^etals
similar to the dorsal sepal, widely expanding and some-
Avhat recurved. Labellum sessile at the base of the column,
lamina 4 mm long and 2 mm Avide, greenish yelloAv, thick
in texture, recurved, ehanelled inside from the base almost
to the base of the mid-lobe; lateral lobes erect, broad,
acute; mid-lobe represent(‘d by an arc with upturned
margins; plate minutely glandular; sac 2 imn long,
slender, chaniu'lled outside, holloAV and Avithout ornaimm-
tation. Column 2 mm long, slendei*, curved, Avhitish, Avith
a. dark crimson margin at th(‘ top, Avinged, the Avings in
th(‘ type flowt'r (mibracing the stigma; anther large,
beaked, orange and crimson; rostellum very long, pro-
jecting doAVjiAvards parallel with and in front of the
stigma ; stigma long and slender, in the type floAvor
partially covert'd by the column Avings; pollen masses two,
sulcate, orange; 'lAedit-el ligulate.

The discovery of this plant by i\lr. llockings, of
Wunbuj-ra, is of more than oi'dinary interest bt'caust^ the
area is quite closely settled and has been well knoAvn
botanically for vt'ry many years. Doulitless it has bet'ii
passed by because of its close resemblance to the juvcjiile
stages of some of the better knoAvn nu'iubt'rs of the
HarcanUi'niae that inhabit the area. Noav that it is knoAvn
it should be reasonably easy to identify hi the field aa'Iicu
not in floAver because of its small size and the stiffness and
thickness of its fcAv leaA’es. Jn floAver, of course, the dis-
tinctiAT rich crimson striping of the segments, tlie brilliant
colour of the top of the column, and the peculiar tAvisting
of the lateral sepals, make identification much more
simple.

KEY TO PLATE

a. Fiower from side; b, Column from side; c. Lamina of label-
lum from above; d. Pollinia; e. Flower from front; f. Lamina of
labellum from side; g. Plant, life size; a. to f. Variously enlarged;
g. Is little more than diagrammatic as it was sketched from
memory, the original plate having been unfortunately mislaid
and the plant was not available for the preparation of this one.

53

REPORT ON THE ORCHIDS OF
THE SPRINGBROOK DISTRICT, EASTER, 1955 .

Chas. O. Dunn.

Firs! Daff.

Aloii^^ tlio track just after Itilhorou^^Ji’s Kalis \v('
fouiul a foAv j»'reeiiho(xls, Ftcrosi fjhs nufaji.s, in tloAVcn*.
W(‘ the tip of th(' hood was a de(‘i)er brown than

those we Avere used to. The plants wei*(‘ even ^rowin^- on
the footpath where they Avere protected from damajie l>y
a small rock.

A little further along Ave came to a creek, dry in spite
of tile rain; qrrite a munher of greenhoods Avere there in
floAver; noted, Avere some plants groAving on a fallen log,
apparently in process of evolution to a semi-epiphytic
state.

In the creek bed itself tlie Avaters liad Avashed aAvay
sonu‘ of the gravel exposing th(‘ roots, thus (uiahling us to
s('c the new tubers forming at the tips of tlie long roots.
This A'eg(‘tative process aids the colonies in extending, not
only in their immediate vicinity, hut also further down
the creeks, as the tubers mature and are Avashed doAvn.

At the same spot groAving luxuriantly Avere a number
of Dciulrobium kiugianum, the pseudo-bulbs being long
Avith very light green leaves. It is doubtful Avhether they
Avould floAver ]'>i*ofusely on account of the heavy shade.

Kc-joining the road Ave came aci'oss a fallen tree ; on
the earth surrounding the turned-up roots avc were in-
trigued by an aerial of the same species rooting profusely
in the soil; this is unusual.

Coming back avc noticed an odd plant of Sarcocii-iln.s
falcaius. This very beautiful orcliid is generally called
‘the orange blossom orchid,’ both from its appearance and
delightful fragrance, rnfortunately these have been badly
vandalised. Last year one of the chain stores sold a large
number in floAver. I venture to say in tAVo years not one
of these plants Avill be alh'e.

Making a short detour to the top of Twin Falls av(‘
found a plant of TaenwphifJhun on a tree Avith the creek
running only a fcAv feet each side of the trunk. This is a
leafless orchid in Avhich the Avork of the leaves is carried
on liy the roots, Avhich are ahvays green.

Near the gate, Avas one solitary floAver, passed its
best, of a Pfcrostjflis near to F. aenminaia.

54

Second Day.

Throuj^h the courtesy of Mr. David liockinj^s vec
liiul tlie privileo’e of inspectiu" his farmiii" property ;it
Wuuburra, at tlie head of tlie oue-way traffic.

First of all examined tlie cliff face on his

boundary. Dendrobium monoph tjllum ^vas in flower Init
mostly in bud ; these Avere in full sun on the vertical rock
face Avith practically no debris around the roots. I Avonder
if a fair iiercentage of their nutriment may be derived
from tlu‘ al^ae and lichens on the rocks. Nearby Avere
D. (jraciUcaulc and />. spcciosum.

Sarcochilus ceciliae (fairy bells) Avere rather (hvarf
plants on the high cliffs. In the Taylor Eange, Brisbane,
S. ccciliae is found near the creek beds in partial shade,
and lu're the jiroAvth and number of seedlings are more
])rolific.

On the very edge of the cliff avc saAv a ]ilant of
Cjfmbidinin suacc groAving against the I'oot of a Encah/p-
fus: Ave Avere told this ]Aarticular plant Avas originally of
hug(‘ siz(^ but that bush firi^s had destroyed most of same:
fortunately it recovered sufficiently to mak(* oii(‘ iu‘av lead.

Bnibophifiluin hracfcaf inn and />. clisae ^xcvc growing
on a tree.

The teri'estial (Jhilouloitis rvflc.ra AA'en* in large
coloni('s but fcAV floAvers Avere seen.

OtluM' orchids noted aroxind the cliff to[> avcih' Den-
drobimn ferctifolium, D. linguifonuc and />. kingtainun.

Doavu, on the flat near the hous(\ groAving on a hoop
l)iu(‘, {Araucari(f ruiininghinnii) Ave Avere shoAvn the largest
Sffrcanifnis fridcnlatns (tanghu'oot) a\'(‘ have evei* seen;
this plant had elev(‘u leads. On another hoop ]>ine tluu'(' Avas
another tanghu'oot in floAV(u-; the bloom of this particidar
plant Avas green Avith a Avhite labellum ; normally tlu'
coloui' is broAA'ii and grc'en.

On the same trees Avere Sarcochibu.s spaihulatns. and
M IvAv very small plants of Sarcochilus hdlii. AVe Avere
told that originally there Avere (piite a number of S hillii
but that some freak of the AA’eather killed most of them.

Back on the roadside a plant of Dipodium pnnctatnm
had five seed ])ods on the one stalk.

T/(//t? Dag.

Going doAvn the right hand track to Burlingbi*ook
Falls, on Sloanca woolsii (yellow carabeen) there Avere
quite a number of seedlings of Dendrobium ierciifolium.

55

Other more mature 1). terctifoUuni, aiso f>. tctratjoutriK
were in large numbers on the silky beech {YUlaresia
moorei). Apparently the striated bark is an ideal resting
place for the very minute seeds of orchids, On the sanu'
tree Avere many huge bird's nest ferns { Aspic ninm nidus).

Near the foot of the falls a feAv plants of Sarcochilus
fitzfjenddi were growing on a small rock. No other plants
of this species, generally known as the ravine orchid, were*
seen at Purlingbrook.

Above liankins Palls a small patch of Sarcorhi! us
cceili(fc were seen, tlie individual plants being small and
stunted.

Nearby, were quite a number of DnuJrohium t<pccio-
sum growing on the cliff face; tliese avci'c in good con-
dition and size, Liparis reflexa also was in flowei*.

On the return journey, close to the head of the falls
amongst soil thrown into a heap by the ]>ark worlunen,
we found seA’eral plants of Pterosffjlis lontjfoUa in flower.

On the other side of the falls quite a number of
Dcndrohiiim kinpiamim were groAving very avcH.

Other orchids seen at Purlingbrook AA'cre Cjjmhidiun}
suave and (\ iridifolium. both being scarce, Dendrohiuu)
aemulum^ I), monophj/llum^ VkiloglofUs reflexa, and
('rifptosiijUs sp. NoAvhere could Ave say orchids Avere
plentiful ; rather, they AA'cre in scattered patches.

Strange to say, no sign of the small heart shaped green
leaf Avith the purple underside belonging to the Aeianihus
Avere seen. These leaves are ahvays a Avelcome sign for they
generally denote other terrestial orcliids may be found in
the immediate vicinity.

I Avould like to express my tlianks to IMessrs. Davi<l
Ilockings and Kevin Watford foi* their help in shoAving
me many of tliese plants.

diimmary of orchids acfualli} scor Paster 19;“)').
Chiloglotfis reflexa, Crgptostglis sp., Picrosfglis longifolia,
P. nutans, P. sp. near to acuminata, Liparis reflexa.
Dendrohium aemulum, I). graciUcaule, 1). kingianum, 1).
linguiforme, I), monophgllum, I), ypeciosum, I), tereti-
folium, />. tetragonum. Butboph ulivm braeteatum, B.
edsae. Dipodium punctatum, Cgmbidium snare, C. iridi-
folium, Sareanthns tridentatus, Tacniophgllum sp.,
Barcochilus ceciliae, B. falcatus, B. fitzgeraldi, B. hillii,
B. spathulatus.

*36

ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1953-54.

Ijadies and (jeiitlenieiij

Your Council lias ])lcasurc in submitting the 4Stli
Annual Kepoi’t.

Durint^ the yinn* the Chib has miji’aji'ed in all its usual
activities.

MEETINGS — Tliere have been 9 ordinary meetings
n field excursions and 9 council meetings.

Attendance at Council meetings was as follows — ^Irs.
G. L. Jackson, Miss K. Strong, iMiss IM. Ilawken, Air. K.
T. (knueron. Air. L. S. Smith, 8; Aliss AT. Holland, Air. T.
E. Hunt, Air. A. B. (b-ibb. Air. S. T. Blake, 7; i)r. E. 0.
Alarks, Dr. E. N. Alarks, (i ; Air. G. 11. Barker, Air. P. S.
(k)lliver, Air. G. L. Jackson, .1.

Evening Aleetings have been varied and in-
tm-esting -with an a\'(‘rage attmidance of J:]. Illustrated lec-
tur(‘s wm'e given by Dr. (). A. Jones, Alessrs. D. Vernon,
J. P. Bailey and B. Greenwood, and shortm- talks by Aliss
AI. ITolland, Dr. E. X. Alarks. ami Dr. T. E. AVoodward;
Air. iVh^xander AValkm*, A.B.(\ bir<l imitator gave a dem-
onstration of bird calls, and films loaned by the Education
Department were shown. The September meeting was de-
voted to wild flower exhibits, the April meeting to reports
of file Easter Excursion, and in June, Air. S. T. Blake
delivered the third C. T. AVlvite Alemorial Lecture.

Numerous members liav(' exhibited specimens during
the year, among the keenest being Airs. W. AI. Bristow,
Air. E. J. Smith and junior member, Stanley Breedon.

AIEAIBEBSHIB OP THE ( d J 'B— Alembership of the
(bub comprises Honorary, 4: Ordinary. 189; (^ountry, 17;
Junioi*. 2 : total lfi2. During the year, 14 new members
were elected, 7 I'esigned and (> names were removed from
the list.

AAY heard with sorrow of the death after a long illness
ol‘ Airs. Estelle Thomson, who took an active part in the
Club affairs some years ago, and was President in 1981;
her flower paintings are well known. AVe were shocked
at th(‘ tragic death of Airs. (Jifford Ch*oll in a plane crash;
members had often A'isited her garden at Chelmer and
enjoyed lier hospitality. Natural history in Queensland
suffered a great loss in the passing of Air. II. A. Longman.
wIk; Avas a promimmt member of the (4ub for many years,
both as councillor {he Avas President in 1918) and a
u'cnerous contributor to the evening meetings.

^^TEE QPEENSLAND NATURALIST’ - One issue
was published in >September and a double number is in the
press.

57

EXCT'HSIOXS^Att(Mi(laiices liave been jrood. The
Tollnwing places wei*e visited: July — rniversity Grounds
and Geology Department, St. Lucia; August — Carrington
Locks ami Slierwood Arboretum (were pleased to not(^
the greatly im[)roved condition of the arboretum) with a
visit to Airs. (b'oH's garden and theii afternoon tea pfo-,
vided by Airs. Dristow in her garden ; September— ( ‘herm-
side Hills; October — from Thornside to Birkdale; Xov-
ember — an all day trip, which 57 attended, to Mr. II. AI.
flones' bee-farm at Ibalbank Plains (Mr. Jones kindly
showed us the apiary and method of Queen-raising; fossils
were collected nearby) ; February — an all day trip to
Bishop Island ; Alarch— the Darra Cement Co.'s coral dump
and clay pit at Darra ; Alay Day — an all day trip to
I'ppei* Brookfield; Alay — from the top of Samford Range
to Camp Alt. station: June — Enoggera Reservior (about
50 members had a picnic luncli to farewell Air. and Airs.
Cossar Smith Avho are moving to Alaroochydore) .

EASTER CAAIP— Fifty-one members and friends
attended the Easter Camp at Boreen Point. The main
party w(u*e housed in Air. Harms’ holiday flats, while
others camped. Trips included walks along the shores of
Ijake Cootharaba, a launch trip across the lake with a walk
to the ocean beach to see the Teewah coloured sands, and
a launch trip up to X^^oosa River to visit the freshwater
lake; geologists in the party examined the mountains round
about.

SPECLVL ACTIVITIES — Collections of native
flowers were sent to the Barrier X’^aturalists' Club, liroken
Hill, and to the Auctorian X'aturalists' Club for their wild-
flower shows. Air. J. F. Bailey was vei*y helpful with
material and All'. S. T. Blake named and packed the
specimens.

Tile Council has made representations to the appropi'i-
ate authorities to prevent the shelling of Fairfax Island by
the Royal Australian X"avy, to prevent the removal of
coral and shells from Green Island to revent en-
croachment on the Sandgate lagoons, to ensure preser-
vation of the Bora ring at Burleigh, and of the Leicldmrdt
tree on the Comet River, and to have a suitable nameplat(^
placed in the C. T. AVhite Alemorial Park (we ai*(‘ glad
to note this was erected in February).

At the invitation of the Thiiversity of Queensland
Science Students' Association, two members attended tin*
Assocdation's camp at Kilcoy Creek.

Airs. G. L. Jackson has continued to act as the Club’s
delegate on the Save the Trees Campaign Committee and

58

Miss i\l. Holland was appointed as delegate to the Inter-
national Bird Preservation Coniniittee (Australian
Branch).

The Club was represented at a T^ublic ^Meeting whieli
decided to establish a memorial to the late Arthur (Iroom,
whose work for nature conservation is well known.

GENERAL— The (k)uncil has inii'chased a recon-
ditioned typewriter to facilitate the Avork of the Hon.
^secretary.

We Avere glad to see the ncAv Fauna Protection Act
proclaimed.

In July, the President Avas intervioAved on Station
JJU^'s Ra<1io Ncavs Heel and spoke about the aims and
activities oP the Club.

Baclv numbers of ow'rseas Scientific Journals received
in (‘xchange, Avere ]u*esented to th(' Pniversity. Several
additional exchanges of journals have l)oen ai'ranged Avith
overseas institutions.

Cessation of publication of “AVild Tnfe'’ is greatly
regretted.

We eongratidate tin* TooAvoomba hbeld Naturalists’
Club on their production “Tlu' Darling DoAvn Naturalist.”

We have been pleas(‘d to Aveleome st'veral overseas
visitors at meetings and excursiotis during the year.

T. E. ITiint, President.

M. ITaAvken, ITon. Secretary.

REPORT OF LIBRARIAN FOR THE YEAR 1953-54

During the year tho Library Committee has met Avitli
the object of checking up on accumulations of literature
received in exchange for the Queensland Naturalist. As
storage space for these pablications is limited, all tlmse
deemed to be of limited use to the Club, l)nt of definite
value to the PniA'ersity and various Scientific bodies Avere
inspected and removed for distribution to those interested.

The books in the library cupboard housed in this
building are to be sorted, and those considered valuable
as r(d'erence books only are to be retained. It is hoped, thal
Avith a foAV necessary additions, the neucleus of a reliable
rcderenee library for the use of members Avill be formed.

All Australian publications n'ceived in exchange' are
being retained, and are stored in a cupboard kept at the
home of the Librarian.

E. M. Jackson, Hon. Liiu’arian.

59

PROCEEDINGS.

EVEXlXd MEET1N(:1, Lltli Pel)., 19r)4- :\[einbers X'o-
poited on the excursion to Bishop Island on 14th Feb.;
Mr. T E. Hunt luid noted an orchid -which was particularly
interesting- as Bishop Island was man-made; Mr. L. S.
Smith reported 24 native and 4b naturalised alien plants
on the Island iji addition to tliose pi-eviously recorded ;
]\Iiss M. Hawken listed 1.7 species of liirds; seen on the ex-
cursion, the man^'rove honeyeater beino' the most consi^ie-
nous. i\Ir. Vernon of tiie Queensland Museum ^'ave the
evening lecture on his trip Avith the .\rc!ibold ex]iedition
to Cape York, and exhibited several s])ecimens of birds
and animals collected on the expedition. iMiss Crombes and
Mr. S. Breedon Avere elected members of the Club. The fol-
loAving Avere amongst the exhibits tabled:^ fossil ci*abs
and giant snail— Mi* P. S. (k>lliver; basket-m^st spiders—
Mr. E J. Smith; fnut of XyJomvIvm jujriforme and skele-
tal Avood of a bottle ti'ee — ]\Irs. AV. AI. BristoAv ; the fungus
i:iphaeroholus — Airs. A. B. Cribb.

EVEXIXG AIEETIXG, 22nd Alaivh. 1954— Deep re-
gret Avas expressed at the death of tAVo members, Air.
Heber Tmngman and Airs. G. (b‘oll. Professor I) A. IlerbtM't
spoke of the Avork of Air. Longman avIio Avas a former dir-
ector of the Queensland Aluseum, and meml)ci-s stood in
silence foi* a monuMit as a mark of respect. Aliss Al. Davies
Avas elected to membership of the (’lub. Professor AV. H.
Bryan spoke on the excursion to the coral dump of the
Darra cement Avoi*ks and mentioned interesting feature's
of the clay l)cds adjacent to th(' Avorks. Professor 4. AA'^.
AA'ells, a visiting Pulbright scholar from TI.!->.A., stated
that tliere Avere nine living species of coral in Aloreton
ILiy but that the dreclgings contaimrl s])('cies extinct in
Aloreton Bay but still living in other areas. The ('vening
lectiu'e AA'as d(*livered by Air. 4. P. Bailey. (Tirator of the
Botanic Gardens. Avho shoAved coloured slides of many of
the ])cautiful native plants in cultivation. The following
were amongst the ('xhibits tabhsl by membin-s— shells
from the coral dump and fossil l(‘aves from tiu' clay pit -
Airs. G. L. Jackson; grasses and butterfly chrysaiis-
Alrs. AV. AL BristoAv ; three juvtmih' bi*(.)Avn snakes — AP-.
E. *1. Smitli : fossil leaves from the Darra clay pit — Airs.
E. O. Alai'ks; corals from AIor(4on Bay — Professor J. AV.
AA'ells: butterfh' pupa— Air. P. Knnze; (*oral and shells
from Darra — Dr. E. O. Alarks: iioo]) i)ine Buprestid
beetle and mosfjuitoes from Dari-a— Dr. E. X^. Alarks ; seed
pod of native Avistaria— Air. (A 0. Dunn.

60

E\’EXING i\[EETlNG, 21st April, — Reports on

tlie Easter Camp to Roreen Point on Lake Cootliaraba
were given by members; Mr. L. R. Smitli described the
veg^etation and stated tliat a list of approximately 280
species had been drawn up ; Mrs. G. L. Jackson spoke on
and displayed shells found in the area ; Miss I). Coxon
reported a Jabiru among^st the 64 sj)ecies of l)irds listed ;
Dr. E. N. Marks spoke on the mosquitoes at Horeen Point,
22 species being* collected: Dr. Marks also reported the
scale insect Saissetia hemisphaerira collected on Errafamia
aif{jusfisep(fl(f, a new host-plant record; Professor AV. IT.
Eryan displayed a map of the camp area. Air. and All's. A.
Patrick and Airs. AT. Henderson Avere elected to ordinary
membership of the (dub. Amongst the exhibits tabled by
membersi Avere tlie following: a Avood destroying fungus —
Air. T. E. Hunt; an insect — Aliss Beth Smith; various
books — Air. G. IT. Barker.

EVENING AIEETING. 17th Alay. Bir>4— Alembers
reported on the excursions to Dpper Brookfield on 4rd
Alay, and from the top of Ramfoi'd Range to Camp Aloun-
tain I'ailAvay station on loth Alay; Aliss 1). ('V)xon men-
tioned the large flock of rainboAv birds and Air. E. J.
Smith reported a specimen of the grape fern. Bofrifchium
feniafum, collected near the granite quarry. Aliss AL For-
tiscue Avas elected to ordinary membership of the (’4ub.
Air. R. (treemvood of the (Queensland Fniversity delivered
a lectured on “Alaps through the ages and to-day,’’ and
displayed various types of maps. The folloAving Avere
amoimst the exhibits tabled by members: — stick insect —
Aliss AI. Holland: haAA’k moth and egg-case of golden Aveb
spidei' — Air. E. J. Smith ; pelican egg — Aliss IlaAvken.

EVENING AIEETING, 21st June, 19-14— Aliss AI.
Holland and Dr. E. N. Alarks reported on the outing to
Enoggera Reservioi* Avhen Air. and Airs. Cossar Smith AA’ere
farcAvelled by imnnbers. The i\ T. AA^hite lecture entitled
‘‘Some features of grasses and grasslands in Queensland”
Avas delivered by Air. S. T. Blake. Aliss F. Dunbar and
Airs. S]K)oner Avere elected ordinary members of the Club.
Air. E. J. Smith exliibited a red-back(Hl spider, centipede,
and tAvo species of scorpion.

EVENING AIEETING. 19th July, 1914— The 48th
Annual Re|K)i‘t, the Annual Financial Statement, the
Librarian’s Repoi't, and the report of the delegate to the
‘‘Save the Trees (^kim^Aaign ” AA^ere read and accepted. Air.
S. Everist and Air. I. I>. Cribb AA’cre elected to membership
of tlie Club. Alembers i-eported on the AA^alk from Birkdale
to Thornside on 17tli July. The election of officers and

council for the year 1954-55 resulted as shown on the in-
side front cover. As the retiring President, Mr. T. E. Hunt,
was unable to -be present to deliver the Presidential ad-
dress, Dr. E. N. Marks spoke on and showed coloured slides
of the Avestern islands of Torres Strait. Specimens from
the excursion tabled by members included the folloA\ing : —
stages in germination of- seeds of Aviccnnia and leaves of
Aegic^ras with adhaereut barnacles — Mrs. \Y. M. Bristow;
a cane toad, arc shell, and eel-grass — Mr. E. J. Smith;
fiddler crabs, the male of the species with one charac-
teristically enlarged claw — Dr. E. N. Marks.

OMISSION.— The block of the plate of Mr. Heber Longman
which appeared in Vol. 15, No. 1-2 of this journal was by courtesy
of ''The Courier-Mail", Brisbane. It is regretted thaf acknow-
ledgment was not made in the appropriate place. — Ed.

PRICE 6/-

Vol. 1 5, No. 4 - 6 /pteEMBER,

V -
V. O.,'—

S;-. V'.' -r ^
. .<

THE

Queensland Naturalist

JOURNAL OF THE
QUEENSLAND NATURALISTS' CLUB

**The Poetry of Earth is never dead.**^KEATS

The Author of each Article is responsible for
the statements expressed therein.

FIFTIETH ANNIVERSARY ISSUE
1906 - 1956

CONTENTS :

^Some Features of the Grasses and Grasslands of Queensland

Further Mosquito Records from the Tewantin District

A Morel from Queensland

Eating Habit of a Ring-tailed Possum

Australian Stinging Trees

Jottings of an Amateur Pond-lifer

An Unusual Occurrence of a Blue-green Alga

Our First Fifty Years

What's That? — Some Uncommon Birds seen recently

Triassic Footprints in Queensland

A Note on the Algal Food of Three Marine Fish from Southern

Queensland

Annual Report, 1954- 1955

Annual Report, 1955 -1956

Proceedings

Index to Volumes 1-15

Page

61

65

65

65

66
71

71

72

77

78

79

80
82
84
86

Official Journal — "The Queensland Naturalist"

OFFICE-BEARERS, 1955-56

President:

Mr. L. S. SMITH

Vice-Presidents:

Mrs. A. B. CRIBB, Mr. E. J. SMITH

Hon. Secretary:

Miss M, HOLLAND^ Burns Road, Toowong

Hon. Excursion Secretory:

Dr. E. N. MARKS

Hon. Librorion:

Mrs. G. L. JACKSON

Hon. Treosurer:

Mrs. I. WADDLE

Hon. Editor:

Mr. A. B. CRIBB

Councii:

Mr. S. T. BLAKE, Mr. K. T. CAMERON, Mr. F. S. COLLIVER,
Miss M. HAWKEN, Mr. T. E. HUNT.

Hon. Auditor:

Mr. A. R. BRIMBLECOMBE

OFFICE-BEARERS, 1956-57

President:

Mrs. A. B. CRIBB

Vice-Presidents:

Mr. E. J. SMITH, Dr. T. WOODWARD

Hon. Secretary:

Miss M. HOLLAND, Burns Road, Toowong

Hon. Excursion Secretary: Hon. Treasurer:

Dr. E. N. MARKS Mrs. I. WADDLE

Hon. Librarian:

Mrs. G. L. JACKSON

Hon. Editor:

Mr. A. B. CRIBB

Hon. Lonternist:

Miss D. COXON

Council:

Dr. S, T. BLAKE, Mr. F. S. COLLIVER, Miss M. HAWKEN,
Mr. T. E. HUNT, Mr. L. S. SMITH.

Hon. Auditor:

Mr. A. R. BRIMBLECOMBE

L

SUBSCRIPTIONS:

Ordinary Members 20/- per annum

Country Members 10/- per annum

Junior Members 10/- per annum

Joint Members (Husband and Wife) 30/- per annum

MEETINGS:

Evening Meetings are held at the Brisbane Women's Club Rooms, 148 Adelaide
Street, Brisbane, on the third Monday of every month. Excursions are held
once a month from March to December.

C. T. WHITE MEMORIAL LECTURE

SOME FEATURES OF THE GRASSES AND
OF QUEENSLAND

)

S. T. Blake

The C. T, White Memorial Lecture was instituted to commemorate
a man who devoted a great part of his life to one phase or another of
Natural History. An outstanding botonist, he was an active member of
the Queensland Naturalists' Club from his youth and we remember him
for his humanity, his friendliness, and his readiness to pass on to any
enquirer the abundant knowledge ocquired from a lifetime's love and
study of plants. Mr. White was interested in all plants but especially so in
woody plants and grasses, the latter chiefly for their economic value.
Through his influence, Mr. C. E. Hubbard, of the Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, and now the world's leading authority on grasses, spent about a
year in Queensland in 1930-1 studying and collecting grasses. This visit
had a profound influence on botany in Queensland and on my own career.
I was a university student at the time, becoming interested in plant
classification. After meeting Mr. White and Mr. Hubbard the interest
became a passion, especially for grasses and the related family of the
sedges, a passion encouraged by Mr. White then and later when I was
engaged on research work, and from 1942 as a member of his staff.

The grass family is one of the largest and most widely spread
families of flowering plants and is the most numerous in individuals.
About 6,500 species are known, of which more than 500 are so far known
in Queensland. Of all the plants of the earth the grasses are the most
useful to mankind. They include the cereals, sugar-cane, sorghum and
the bamboos, and provide the bulk of the forage for domestic animals.
In the last-mentioned category they are the basis for the greater port of
Australia's national income. Directly or indirectly they furnish the greater
part of our food and much of our clothing. We are all familiar with grass
lawns and playing fields. In some part of the world certain grasses are
used in paper-making, while others, such as lemon grass and citronella
grass, furnish essential oils used in perfumery, soap-making, cordial
manufacture, and other industries. The largest of all grasses, the bamboos,
are of vast importance in the Indo-Malayan region where they are used
in building, for waterpipes, carrying vessels and many other purposes.
Straw brooms are made from the seed-heads of broom millet. Starch and
alcohol are obtained from the grain of some cereals. Grasses are commonly
used to stabilize banks and control soil erosion.

The general features of grasses are fairly well known but relatively
few people ever examine a grass in detail. A grass plant in flower has
quite a complicated structure. Like most flowering plants, a grass has
roots, a stem, and leaves below the flowering portion. The stem has
one or more joints or nodes and is usually more or less cylindrical; some-
times there are also creeping underground stems without true leaves from
which leafy stems arise. Each leaf consists of three parts; the uppermost
part is the obvious part known as the blade and the lowermost part or
sheath is wrapped around the stem. Where blade and sheath meet is the
ligule which usually takes the form of a small membrone or a line of
hairs. Each flower is very small and enclosed by a pair of scales called
the lemma and palea, the whole comprising a floret. What Is popularly
thought to be the flower is really a spikelet consisting of usually two
scale-like glumes surrounding the base of a floret or group of florets. The
spikelets are often very numerous and there are many different arrange-
ments of them in the seed-head or inflorescence. The fruit is called a
grain or caryopsis; the seed-coat is completely attached to the inside of
the fruit. When the grain is mature the spikelet falls away with it, or the
florets may fall separately or in groups leaving the glumes behind. In

62

popular language, the part that falls is called the "seed/'^ In many groups
of grasses, this '"seed" has a sharp point ot the base, barbed with short
hairs. Grasses with such "seeds" are often called "spear-grasses," because
the seed may pierce clothing and flesh. The number of florets in each
spikelet, the arrangement of the spikelets, the texture and shape of the
glumes and lemmas ond the number and arrangement of their veins,
details in the structure of the groin and the way it is shed, all vary
considerably and provide many of the characters for discriminating the
species and for classifying the family as a whole.

Species and genera are the basic units of classification and nomen-
clature in biology, but these units are less tangible and less readily
comprehended than the units of length or weight. Usually there is no
doubt about what constitutes an individual animal or plant, but there are
many plants like couch grass that produce underground parts from which
arise conspicuous aerial parts; it is not easy to be sure whether different
aerial shoots belong to different individual plonts or not. A species,
broadly speaking, is a kind of plant, made up of a large number of
individuals, resembling one another more closely than they do other
individuals. A genus may be described as a group of species each of
which resembles the others more closely than other species outside the
group. Each genus has its own particular name and the name of a species
is formed by adding a qualifying word (specific epithet) to the generic
name. The naming of plants is governed by an internationally accepted
series of rules, the international Code of Botanical Nomenclature.

The grasses ore usually considered to be an especially difficult family
to classify, and in spite of the work of many able botanists during the
past two hundred years, a great deal still remains to be done in this field.
There is still lack of agreement as to the limits of many genera. While
it is possible for an ordinarily keen observer to learn to discriminate most
of the grasses in his neighbourhood, it is a much more difficult problem
to discriminate and classify the grasses ot a large area such as Queensland.
Anyone wishing to do so has to ignore geographical boundaries and pursue
his studies wherever his plants lead him until the grasses of a continent
and then of even wider regions must be admitted to his acquaintance.
Fortunately, a large proportion of grasses can be well represented by
orcfinary herbarium specimens so that wide and intensive studies of many
features can be made from a good collection of dried specimens. The
ease with which the seed-heads of some groups of species break up make
preparation of good dried specimens of these a difficult matter.

The foundations of our knowledge of Queensland grasses were the
collections of Banks and Solander in 1770 and Robert Brown in 1802.
Banks and Solander, naturalists with Captain Cook in the "Endeavour",
landed at a few places along the Queensland coast, but so far as I can
find, nearly all the grasses were collected near the mouth of the Endeavour
River, where Cooktown now stands. They spent six weeks there in July-
August, an unfavourable time for collecting grasses. In all, about thirty
grasses were collected in what is now Queensland. However, various
circumstances delayed publication of their findings and it remained for
Robert Brown to make public the results of their work in conjunction with
his own. Brown was naturalist on the "Investigator" during Matthew
Flinders's survey of the southern, eastern, and part of the northern shores
of Australia. He collected at several places along the Queensland coast
and nearby islands between Sandy Cape and the mouth of the Pioneer
River, some of the islands in Torres Strait, most of the islands of the
Wellesley Group in the Gulf of Carpentaria and very briefly at one or two
points on the eastern shores of this gulf. Many grasses were collected west
of the Queensland border that have since been found east of it. Part of
the botanical results of this exploration was published in 1810 in his
Prodromus Floroe Novae HoMondiae and the broad classification of grasses
worked out for this has been used by most succeeding workers in the
family. Brown recorded 33 genera and about 100 species from the
Queensland coast. Little more was added to our knowledge of Queensland

63

grasses until Mitchell discovered some of the now well-known Mitchell and
Flinders grasses in 1846. Leichhardt had collected many grasses in
south-eastern Queensland in 1843-5, but no account of them was published
until much later. Patrick O'Shanesy was an ardent collector of grasses in
the neighbourhood of Rockhampton from 1867 to 1876, Bowman collected
over much of Central Queensland during the years 1862-71, Dallachy
about Cardwell and Cashmere between 1863 and 1871, Thomas Gulliver
around Normanton for many years from about 1874 onward, and Armit in
the upper part of the watersheds of the Herbert, Etheridge and Einasleigh
Rivers about the same time. Mitchell's grasses were studied by Lindley in
England and descriptions published by Mitchell in 1848; the other collectors'
specimens were mostly studied by F. Mueller in Melbourne. In 1878 an
account of all the grasses known from Australia was published in the
seventh volume of Benthom's Flora Austroliensis; 69 genera and 221
species and varieties were recorded from Queensland.

F. M. Bailey took a keen interest in grasses and one of his first
publications, also in 1878, was An illustrated monograph of the Grasses of
Queensland in collaboration with K. T. Staiger. Only one volume was
published containing descriptions and electrotyped figures of twelve grasses.

In the sixth volume of his Queensland Flora (1902) descriptions ore given
of 340 species and varieties, 26 of them introduced.

A Czech botanist, Karel Domin, visited Queensland from December,
1909, until April, 1910, and in 1915 published a partial revision of
Australian grasses based on his collections and those at Kew; he described
or recorded 411 named groups from Queensland, but many of these seem
to be insufficiently distinguished.

C. E. Hubbard has already been mentioned; his results and those of
resident botanists since his visit are being published piecemeal from time
to time and at present we know of 520 named species and varieties,
including about 75 naturalized ones; many still await formal description
and naming. Grasses more than most plants need specialized study and
those from one part of the world must be critically compared with those
from other parts. This is time-consuming work. In Australia, botanists
have their time taken up with a variety of duties and rarely have the
unbroken time necessory for much monographic work, but what has been
done has earned a great deal of respect from authorities overseas.

Since the Flora Australiensi’s, a great deal of work has been done on
the classification of grasses in general and certain groups in particular.
Amongst those who have contributed to the knowledge of Australian and,
particularly, Queensland grasses, we should first mention Eduard Hackel, an
Austrian agrostologist. In 1889 Hackel published a monograph of the
great tribe Andropogoneae, a very large group of grasses especially
abundant in the tropical and subtropical parts of the world and particularly
difficult to classify. Unfortunately Hackel had relatively few Australian
specimens for study. Refinements to Hackel's work by Stapf at Kew,
especially for tropical African grasses, served as the basis for the work
on Australian grasses by Hubbard and myself. Between 1906 and 1911, Mrs,
Chase, at Washington, U.S.A., published the results of her studies on generic
limits within the Paniceae, another large and difficult group, and her
principles have been followed by most later workers including D. K. Hughes
(of Kew) in her account (1923) of the Australian species that had been
treated by most earlier botanists as species of Panicum. Further studies
by Hubbard and myself have resulted in the recognition of more genera,
some based on more recently discovered species. From 1926 to 1933,
Henrard, a Dutch botanist, published the results of his long and painstoking
work on the genus ArisHda, a group of over 300 species of spear-grasses
widely spread in the warmer parts of the world; they are very common in
Queensland where at least 50 species are known to occur. In 1950
Henrard published an account of the world's species of Digitaria, another
difficult genus of more than 300 species of which at least twenty-five are
known from Queensland. Beginning with an account of the Mitchell

64

grasses (Astrebla) in 1928, Hubbard has published accounts of many
species and several relatively small genera, as well as some important
contributions on broader classifications within the family. Pilger, of Berlin,
published in 1940 a resume' of the Paniceae, Andropogoneae and some
allied groups (subfamily Panicoideae), chiefly as to their genera, and in
1954, shortly after his death, his reclassification of the family as a whole
was published with a key to all genera except the bamboos. Pilger's
concepts differ in some respects from those that Australian botanists had
learned to accept and his work is a challenge to further detailed study.

An idea of the increase of species known to occur in Queensland
over the past 150 years may be suggested by the few examples about
to be quoted. As points in time I have taken Brown's Prodromus (1810), |

Bentham's Flora Australiensis, vol. 7 (1878), Bailey's Queensland Floro, j
vol. 6 (1902) Domin's Beitraege (1915), recent revisions, and the catalogue
at the Queensland Herbarium. In this list no distinction is made between
species and named groups of lower rank; Domin gave names to many ■
plants he distinguished on trifling grounds, and his employment of several |
categories below the rank of species does not permit of satisfactory com-
parison with the other figures quoted. A plus sign indicates that other
undetermined or unnamed species are represented in the Herbarium. In
all cases, the generic concept is that accepted by the reviser quoted; j
earlier authors referred some of the species to other genera. i

Aristida: 2, 11, 13, 28, about 40 (Henrard 1926-33; range of some |
species doubtful), 48 -f.

Bothriochloa: 2, 3, 3, 5, 7 (Blake 1944), 7.

Chloris: 1, 10, 11, 12, 14 (Everist 1935-8), 14 +. (Includes
naturalized species.)

Ectrosia: 2, 3, 3, 5, 14 (Hubbard 1936), 16 +.

Enneapogon: 4, 2, 2, 15, 15 (Burbidge 1941), 15.

Eragrostis: 10, 15, 22, 30, 40 + (revision needed).

Iseilema: 0, 1, 1, 4, 8 (Hubbard 1935), 10 (Blake 1938), 10.

Paspolidium: 3, 3, 3, 10, 5 (Hughes 1923), 15 + (revision in
progress).

Triodia: 2, 3, 4, 4, 9 (Burbidge 1953), 9.

Tragus: 0, 1, 1 , 0, 1 (Blake 1941), 1.

From the above it can be seen that in some cases at least a close
study of a genus has resulted in the recognition of additional species.
This will be so in very many genera still to be studied in detail. Botanical
exploration in Queensland is still far from complete and almost every
extended field trip brings new plants to light. Besides novelties, additional
material of other species is accumulating to add to our knowledge of the
structure and distribution of well-recognized species.

Grasses are found in almost every kind of country in Queensland,
though they are especially abundant in the open grasslands and open
forest country. The natural grasslands occupy extensive areas of heavy
soil, mostly where the rainfall does not exceed thirty inches a year, and
it is here where the well-known blue grasses, Mitchell grasses and
Flinders grasses grow. The greatest variety of grasses is found in the open
forest country, which usually has lighter soils and often higher rainfall.
Some important work has been done on the life history, economic value
and management of some of our native grasses, but much remains to be
done; much more is known about some introduced grasses.

65

FURTHER MOSQUITO RECORDS FROM THE
TEWANTIN DISTRICT

Elizabeth N. Marks

A previous paper (1955, Qd. Nat. 15 (3)) stated that 30 species of
mosquitoes were known from the Tewantin district, but listed 29 names.
The omission was Anopheles meraukensis, taken biting at night at Boreen
Point in April, 1954. A species of the Culex fraudatrix group, given as a
new record from grassy pools at Boreen Point, has since been found to be
Culex sp. near cylindncus/ already known from Noosa. Collections made
in the vicinity of Noosa in mid-March, 1 956, have added three species
to the known fauna. Anopheles atratipes was taken biting on a heath flat.
In a patch of rain-forest, the large predacious larvae of the ^'elephant
mosquito," Megarhinus specaosus, were collected from treeholes, and a
femole of Aedes (Chaetocruiomyia) spinosipes was taken biting. The sub-
genus Chaetocruiomyia, which is confined to Australia, contains half a
dozen species. The breeding places have never been discovered, and the
larvae remain unknown. Judging by related subgenera, one might expect
them to breed in treeholes or plant axils rather than ground pools, but
repeated searches have failed to reveal their larvae in these sites. A.
spinosipes can be recognised as a small mosquito of thick-set appearance
(due to its short stout legs), with striking white scaling on the scutum.
Males have never been collected. Any area where this species is taken
biting is well worth a thorough search for its breeding places.

A MOREL FROM QUEENSLAND

A. B. Cribb

During February, 1956, about fifteen specimens of morel, one of the
Ascomycetous fungi were found growing from the cut bank of a roadway
near Binnaburra Lodge at the edge of the Lamington National Park. The
largest was six inches tali, with the pale yellow-brown cap marked by
thin, sharp-edged ridges into shallow reticulations up to l/3rd inch in
diameter. The plants appear to agree with the description given by Seaver
(1928, The North American Cup Fungi. Operculates.) of Morchella
crassipes (Vent.) Pers., a species not previously recorded from Queensland.

In Europe and North America, species of morel are often found In
abundance and are highly regorded as food. In Queensland, these fungi
seem to be comparatively rare, so that little is known of their palatability.
Four of the specimens collected were stewed in milk, and eaten without
ill-effect, but also without great enjoyment, the flavour being very mild.

EATING HABIT OF A RING-TAILED POSSUM

Joan W. Cribb

One evening early in October, the writer investigated with a torch
the noise heard in a mango tree in a Brisbane garden. The culprit was
a pretty specimen of the South-eastern or Common Ring-tail Possum. It
was not apparently much upset by the light of the torch, but continued
with what it had been doing, although it turned its head away from the
light. The possum was sitting on a branch of the tree, the prehensile tail
grasping another small branch, and was picking off small sprigs of flowers
with its forepaws and eating them, biting pieces off the sprig in its paw
much as a human eats a banana.

66

C. T. WHITE MEMORIAL LECTURE FOR 1955

AUSTRALIAN STINGING TREES

W. D. Francis

Plants with stinging hairs ore not very singular in the vegetable
kingdom as they occur in at least three widely-separated plant families,
namely, the Nettle family (Urticaceae), the Loasa family (Loasaceae) and
the Poinsettia family (Euphorbiaceae).

Ausfralian stinging trees belong to the Nettle family, and all three
of them are species of the genus Lapartca. In the world there are ever 30
species of this genus and they are mostly found in the warmer regions.
With very few exceptions they are tiees or shrubs. Fourteen species of
Laportco have been recorded for New Guinea.

One of the three Australian species (Laportea moroides) is barely a
tree and rarely exceeds 10 feet in height. It is popularly referred to as
Gympie on the North Coast Line of Queensland. As this name has now
passed into popular usage it may be as well to maintain it. However,
Mr. Jack Waller of “ Neusa Vale" informs me that the name Gimpi Gimpi
of the aborigines was applied to the Shining-leaved Stinging Tree and that
the name of the Queensland town of Gympie wos derived from this
aboriginal name. Inquiries at the Oxley Memorial Library confirmed that
the name of the town of Gympie is derived from the aboriginal name of
a stinging nettle.

The three native stinging trees are: Giant Stinging Tree (Loporteo
gigas), Gympie (Laportea moroides) and Shining-leaved Stinging Tree
(Laportea photiniphylla). All three species are denizens of the rain-forests
of Eastern Australia.

The possession of stinging hairs on the green parts is an important
feature In the recognition of Australian stinging trees. However, the
shining-leaved stinging tree is sometimes seen without very obvious stinging
hairs. All three species have leaves placed alternately on the branchlets.
All three have very soft woods. Finely and neatly toothed leaf margins are
almost always present in the giant stinging tree and the Gympie, but they
are sometimes absent in the shining-leaved stinging tree (see figs 1 2

3, 4). ' '

All three species are described in ''Ausfrolian Rain-Forest Trees'' (3)
and the two tree species are figured there. The three Australian stinging
trees can be readily separated from each other by their mature leaves. In
the shining-leaved stinging tree they are almost always under 4 inches in
breadth. The two other species mostly have mature leaves over 4 inches
in breadth. The leaves of the Gympie are neatly distinguished from those
of the giant stinging tree by the insertion of the leaf stalk on the underside
of the leaf mostly within the margin of the leaf, a condition described as
peltate in botanical terminology (see figs. 1 - 4).

The giant stinging tree is the largest and attains a height of 120
feet and a stem diameter of over 6 feet. The shining-leaved stinging tree
grows to about 90 feet in height and about 2 feet 6 inches in stem
diameter. The height of the Gympie, as already mentioned, is up to about
10 feet. The fruits of all three species are fleshy. In the giant stinging
tree they are greenish white or pink and acid to the taste. In the shining-
leaved stinging tree they are greenish white and acid in flavour. In the
Gympie they are attractively pale mauve and insipid or slightly sweet.

Distribution

The giant stinging tree ranges from the Victorian border to Imbil,
south of Gympie. The Gympie extends from the Tweed River to Cape
York Peninsula in the north. The shining-leaved stinging tree is found
as far south as Bateman's Bay in southern New South Wales and as far
north as Atherton in north Queensland.

CO

Fig. 1. Leaf of Giant Stinging Tree (Laportea gigas), showing lower surfoce.

Fig. 2. Leaf of Gympie {L. moroides) showing lower surface.

Fig. 3. Leof of Shining-leoved Stinging Tree (L. photiniphyllo) showing upper
surface.

Fig. 5. Stinging hair of Giant Stinging Tree (L. gigas). The colls shown at bosc
of hair are epidermal, x 100.

Fig. 6. Stinging hairs of the Gympie (L. moroides). o, c, lorge hairs; b, smoller
hair; c, hair from herbarium specimen from Mowbray R north of Coirns
Cells shown at base of hairs are epidermal, x 100.

Fig. 4. Leaf of Shining-leoved Stinging Tree (L. photiniphyllo) showing lower
surface.

Fig. 7. Stinging hoir of Shining-leaved Stinging Tree (L. photiniphyllo). Cells
shown at base of hair ore epidermal, x 100.

li

I.

!

67

Swinging Properties

I The Gympie has by far the most virulent sting of the Australian
species of Laportea. Its stinging effects ore felt tor weeks after contact
with its green parts. The sting of the other two species is usually not
felt for much more than 24 hours after contact.

After the first 2 or 3 days of intense irritation the recurrence of the
sting of the Gympie mostly occurs during or after washing of the affected
skin and it is often felt during cold weather. The recurrence of the sting-
ing effects in this way occurs for at least 3 months. In some cases it is
noticed that a severe sting on the arm by the Gympie is followed after a
latent period by a pain under the affected arm and when a leg has been
stung, by a pain in the groin near the affected leg. It is thought that
lymphatic glands are the loci of the pain.

No cases of death in human beings from contact with Australian
stinging trees are on record. In one instance at Kin Kin intermittent
periods of unconsciousness in a man have been reported and the case was
taken to Gympie hospital. In this instance the sting was from Laportea
moroides. It is also reported that the death of a horse resulted from stinging
by this species.

Winkler (6) apparently quoting a note on a collector's label stotes
that the dried bark of a New Guinea species, Laportea cordata, is said to
be fatal when contacted in eating. The species is described as a large
tree of the primeval forest. The same author (6) quotes Weinland to the
^effect that Laportea warburgii, also of New Guinea, is feared by the
natives.

When the stems of large numbers of the Gympie are severed as in
brushing or clearing they frequently cause violent sneezing.

It is fairly well known that annual nettles such os Urtica urens, which
Js so well known in Europe, do not sting when grasped firmly. In my
•early days at Kin Kin I firmly grasped a leaf of the Gympie and was
severely stung. The hairs of the giant stinging tree and the shining-leaved
:stinging tree in the some way do not yield to pressure painlessly.

Structure of Stinging Hairs

The largest stinging hairs in all three species are inserted at the
base in the apex of a structure called a pedestal. This pedestal is part
•of the leaf or other green organ and is cellular. It varies from conical

to broadly conical. In the giant stinging tree and the Gympie it is often

about .5 mm. broad at the base and in the shining-leaved stinging tree it
is often much larger and more prominent and may exceed 1.5 mm. in
breadth at the base.

The larger hairs in all three species can be seen with the unaided eye

and are about 1/16 inch long. Globular hollow heads cap the largest

hairs of the three species, but the medium-sized and small hairs are
terminated by shorp points (see figs. 5 - 7). The largest hairs from a
specimen of the Gympie from Mowbray River, north of Cairns, collected
by Mr. L. J. Brass, were found to be terminated by a blunt point (see
^ig. 6c). The following are the principal external dimensions above the
pedestals of the largest hairs of the three species:

Species

Laportea gigas

Laportea moroides
Laportea photiniphylla

Length
1 .45 mm.
1 .45 mm.
1 . 3 mm.

Breadth of base
0.21 7 mm.

0. 1 45 mm.
0.27 mm.

Diam. of head
0.01 6 mm.
0.01 1 mm.
0.0 1 4 mm.

The table above shows that the terminal heods are smallest in the
Gympie and thot the basal measurement is also smallest in this species.
Because of their slenderness the hairs of the Gympie ore more effective
organs of penetration than the hairs of the other two species.

68

When one of the largest hairs of the three species Is grasped by
forceps it breaks off at the base. Upon contact with an object the hollow
heads at the apex are also broken off. In the case of the smaller hairs
because of the fineness and brittleness of the portion near the apex the
point is broken off when contact with a resistant substance is mode. \n
each instance the apical portion of the hairs is left with a fine, jagged,
often oblique, hollow point which allows the contents of the hairs to
emerge. These observations explain how the hairs on contact or pressure
are forced into the skin and become detached from the plant.

The hairs of all types can be compared with hollow needles. The
larger hairs are in reality giant cells. The cell contents of the larger
hairs when viewed microscopically are variously coloured greenish yellow,
brown, and in parts opaque or black, and except for the darker portions
they are more or less transparent. Their texture varies from apparently
structureless to finely particulate. The particles vary in size from 4
microns to less than 1 micron In diameter; they often appear to have a
dark periphery and a pellucid interior, appearances which are familiar
to microscopists as apparently similar to those presented by oil particles.
Chloroplasts were observed in some of the hairs of the Gympie and the
giant stinging tree. In a few of the hairs of these two species rectangular.
Isotropic crystals were observed.

Nuclei 30-45 microns in diameter were seen in some of the larger
hairs of the three species. In some cases it was noticed that the nuclei
were os large or even larger than the epidermal ceils near the base of
the hairs.

On the outside and surrounding the base or slightly above it In the
larger stinging hairs is an elegant ring or 'collorette' of flattened, apically-
rounded, epidermal cells. This ring is the apical portion of the pedestal.
See figs. 5, 6 and 7. All of the hairs in the figures are from the upper
surface of the leaves. When viewed in polarised light the walls of the
hairs are birefringent. An unusual feature of the heads of the hairs of
the giant stinging tree and the Gympie is that they often show a dark
cross between crossed Nicol prism.s. The cross is similar to that showrt
by starch grains.

The Active Principle of the Stinging Sensation

The problem of the active principle of the sting of the commort
nettles (Urtica spp.) has been a subject of investigation for a very long
time. Solereder (5) states that ''Since the work of Gorup-Besanez the
irritant causing the stinging sensation has usually been stated to be
formic acid; this, however, Is incorrect, and it is probably a substance
related to the ferments". Flury (2) found that the nettle effect is produced
by a non-volatile, unsaturated, nitrogen-free compound of acid nature,
which, according to its properties, closely approaches the resin acids. The
stinging-nettle poison Is neither formic acid, nor an enzyme nor a toxal-
bumin. Incidentally I may mention that Flury in the introduction to his
paper states that there are many indications of a close homogeneity of the
poisons generated by marine nettle animals and the plant nettle poisons.
The principal species investigated by Flury was Urtica dioica, the common
nettle. Emmelin and Feldberg (1) attribute the sting of the stinging nettle
to histamine and acetylcholine. The species they investigated was Urtica
urens.

The stinging heirs of the giant stinging tree were investigated
chemically by J. M. Petrie (4) who concluded that their stinging property*
Is due to the free concentrated formic and acetic acids contained in them.
He found the hairs to be composed of silica. The stinging hairs of the
Gympie and the shining-leaved stinging tree do not appear to have been
investigated.

69

Hxpprimeiital

The experiments were designed to test the effect of heating, drying
ond boiling on the stinging properties of the Gympie (Laportea moroides) as
this species possesses by far the most virulent stinging hairs of the
Australian species.

In the first experiment, which was carried out at Kin Kin, a fresh
green leaf was placed In o heated oven. The thermometer registered over
110° C. Unfortunately this thermometer was only graduated to
110° C. but it was the most suitable available. After 10 minutes the
leaf blade was curled up and dark brown. The leaf stalk only was greenish
brown and owing to the effect of the heat it was longitudinally corrugated
ond hod contracted from 6 mm. to 4 mm. in diometer. At this stage the
leaf was removed from the oven as further heating would have made it
useless for experimental purposes on account of its brittleness. When
rubbed on the skin of the forearm the leaf blade broke into fragments,
but the 5.5 cm. stalk remained intact and was rubbed on together with
the fragments of the blade.

Within a few seconds the intense stinging sensation was felt. The
skin immediately became red and broke out into small white lumps
(? sebaceous swellings) 1-2 mm. in diameter and larger white lumps
4-6 mm. in diameter. Later the same day slight pain was felt at the
elbow and in the upper arm but no underarm poin was experienced. The
stinging sensation remained continuous and intense throughout the day.
Twenty-four hours after the beginning of the experiment the stinging
sensation was still felt and occasional twinges of pain were experienced.
The stinging sensation was still experienced after washing and drying three
months after the experiment was carried out.

Three days after the beginning of the experiment the white areas
-disappeared and the redness disappeared on the fifth day.

Immediately after rubbing the leaf on the forearm some stinging
hairs were removed from the leaf stalk and examined microscopically. The
heating had caused shrinking and plasmolysis of the protoplasm and
bleaching of the colours of the cell contents.

In the second experiment a herbarium specimen of the Gympie was
used at the suggestion of my friend Mr. S. L. Everist. The leaf used is
from a specimen collected at Paimwoods in May, 1909. It is propitious
to the present occasion that the specimen chosen was collected by C. T.
White whose memory we venerate with respect and affection tonight. The
leaf was warmed for a few seconds to restore its rigidity. The upper
surface was then rubbed on the left side of the shin. After a latent period
of several minutes the stinging sensation commenced and gained in
intensity for about half an hour. The stinging sensation was continuous
throughout the day and at night. No reddening of the skin was observed.
On the second day the stinging sensation was felt slightly after washing
and drying. On the third day it was felt several times during the day and
was not felt on the fourth day.

Before rubbing the leaf on the skin a slide showing the hairs was
made. Microscopic examination showed that most of the hairs had lost
their straight and rigid appearance and were shrunken, curved and bent.
This observation indicates thot the hairs had lost much of their effective-
ness os organs of penetration in contrast with the hairs of green specimens.
This circumstance emphasises the stable character of the stinging principle
particularly when it is remembered that the leaf used in the experiment
was kept between sheets of absorbent paper for 46 years.

In the third experiment a leaf of Laportea moroides which had been
dried between absorbent paper for 3 weeks was boiled for 20 minutes and
allowed to dry in air. The upper surface of the leaf was then rubbed on
the right side of the shin. The stinging sensation was first felt 15 seconds
after rubbing. Slight redness of the skin was evident 10 minutes after
rubbing, but was more conspicuous li hours ofter rubbing. The greatest

70

intensity of the stinging sensation was experienced i-l hour after rubbing
and -this continued throughout the day. On the second day the stinging
sensation was less severe and was felt at intervals especially in the early
morning, after washing, and at night in the cooler temperature. On the
third day the redness of the skin had disappeared; the stinging sensation
was felt at intervals during the early morning and after washing and
drying and continued to be experienced after washing and drying until
7 days after the commencement of the experiment.

In the fourth experiment a leaf of Laportea gigas was used. The
leaf was from a fresh specimen and was young and green. It was boiled
for 20 minutes, allowed to dry In air and rubbed on the left side of
the right shin. After a few seconds the stinging sensation was felt. No
reddening of the skin was observed. The stinging sensation was experi-
enced throughout the first day but was not so acute as that which resulted
from the experiment with Laportea moroides. On the second day the
stinging sensation was slightly felt after washing and drying and was not
experienced on the following day.

Remedies and Treatment

The most popular and commonly known treatment to alleviate the
pain of the sting is that of rubbing the affected areas of the sting with
the Cunjevoi (Alocasia macrorrhiza). I tried this widely advocated remedy
very many years ago on the sting of Loportea moroides and it seemed to
intensify the pain. Mr. J. Waller of "Neusa Vale" who has lived at Kin
Kin all his life informs me that in his experience the Cunjevoi has no
effect in reducing the stinging sensation.

Warmth such as that obtained from covering by woollen clothing
and the application of heat such as that obtainable from applying a very
hot water bottle seem to be the most effective ways of reducing the pain.
Contact with cold water increases the stinging sensation. There is a
definite relationship between the intensity of the sting and cold conditions.

References

1. Emmelin, N. and Feldberg, W. The Mechanism of the Sting of the
Common Nettle (Urtica urens). Journal of Physiology. 106: 440-455.
1947.

2. Flury, F. Ueber die chemische Natur der Nesselgifte. Zeitschrift fuer
die gesamte experimentelle Medizin, Berlin. 56: 402-409. 1927.

3. Francis, W. D. Australian Rain-forest Trees. 1st Ed. pp. 71, 76; figs.
34 35 36, 37. 1929. 2nd Ed. pp. 86, 87; figs. 34, 35, 36, 37.
1951.

4. Petrie, J. M. The Stinging Property of the Giant Nettle Tree. Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S. WoleS/ 31: 530-545. 1906.

5. Solereder, H. Systematic Anatomy of the Dicotyledons. English Trans-
lation by Boodle, Fritsch and Scott. Vol. II, p. 777. 1908.

6 Winkler H Die Urticaceen Papuasiens, Engler's Bofanische Jahrb,
57 (3-5): 501-509. 1922.

JOTTINGS OF AN AMATEUR POND-LIFER

F, V. Kunze

71

Many club members probably do not realise the pleasure and Interest
to be had In the fascinating though neglected hobby of studying pond
life. 1 was inspired to take it up first by meeting and later by reading
the lectures of Mr. W. R. Colledge who years ago gave his spare time to
this subject. Some of his lectures to our Club are printed in early volumes
of this journal. How I wish 1 could have pursued my hobby in his company.

To study pond life one needs a microscope and it is advisable to get
a standard model to which one can add as one's interest ond technique
advance. One needs also a reference book. Mine has been "Aquatic
Microscopy/' by Alfred C. Stokes, which gives good hints on collecting all
the impedimenta at minimum cost.

From the byways of the Brisbane River my first serious dippings were
made about July, 1953. One thing definitely named was a Rotifer, at
work with its cilia creating its own whirlpool to sweep food into its open
mouth. One would think these creatures stopped every now and again
to swallow, the way they contract their bodies, but Stokes says they ore
easily frightened. Then a young Cyclops, marked first with a query in my
notes, and subsequently 'definitely'. How thrilling it is gradually to arrive
at the stage where one is able even now and then to say such and such
is a so and so. I still see lots of things I cannot determine — this spurs
one on to find out. With the dipping tube there are hundreds of species
one can get, and with a little experience one can be almost sure of not
getting 'nothing at all'.

In a dipping from a pool at Lower Coomera I saw my first Amoeba.
Such phrases as 'out of the primaeval slime' suggested themselves. Was
it from a simple cell such as this that the complex multicellular organism
looking at it evolved? Total forms listed from this pool were 10 species
of desmids, 3 diatoms, 6 rhizopods, 2 infusoria, 3 worms, 2 rotifers, 2
polyzoa, 3 algae. In my latest collection from on Ipswich pool I have
identified 33 species.

The scientific accuracy of one's records will of course be limited by
the extent of one's experience, and the scope of one's reference books,
but here is an interest that will remain for years to come and fill many an
odd hour, with much pleasure to oneself, and, who knows, may be a little
service to Science.

If you are at all interested don't delay in getting a microscope and
having a look for yourself. Personally, I hope to be a "Lifer Pond-Lifer".

AN UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE OF A BLUE-GREEN ALGA

Mary Archibald

In April, 1952, a Graceville man who hod bought o new transparent
plastic hose was surprised to find, when he turned on the tap, lengths of
a dark green membrane whirling around inside. As the pressure increased,
the pieces built up near the nozzle before being forced out with a spurt
os long, dark green strips. This material proved to be Phormidium tenue
(Menegh.) Gom., one of the Blue-green algae.

72

C. T. WHITE MEMORIAL LECTURE FOR 1956

OUR FIRST FIFTY YEARS

By J. Cossor Smith
(abridged)*

This evening we are celebrating the 50th Anniversary of the Queens-
land Naturalists' Club, and i have been given the privilege of preparing a
short history of the Club as a C. T. White Memorial Lecture.

/nnugiiration. Aims and Achievements of the Chih

In March, 1906, three well-known scientists. Professor S. J. B.
Skertchly, Mr. Henry Tryon and Mr. J. Johnston, called a meeting in
Brisbane, with the idea of forming a club to further public interest in
natural history. As a result, the Field Naturalists' Club, as it was called
until 1922, was successfully inaugurated in April, 1906, with 50 members.
The aims of the Club were: — (1) The local organization of nature students;

(2) The furtherance of the nature study movement; (3) The cultivation and
study of natural history in all its branches.

Attempts were made in 1 907 and 1 908 to promote nature study
amongst children by means of excursions for senior students. Only three
took place. Attempts to revive them in 1922 and 1926 also failed
through lack of interest.

In his Presidential Address In 1915, Mr. Frank Burtt said: "I believe
that . . . [the Club's] success is due in a very great measure to the fact
that its membership consists of two classes — those who have made the i
study of science their life's business, and those who . . . are merely lovers I
of nature, . . . and that between those two classes of members perfect
freedom of intercourse exists, those with the greater knowledge in any
one subject being always willing to impart their special knowledge to
members in search of it". That is still true today. Professor Skertchly :
was very emphatic that it was a "Club" where friendly information could
be given and received, and not a "Society" of scientific experts only.

Mr. W. R. Colledge, in his Presidential Address in 1911, said: "We
are to be Nature's students, in our ways unfettered and free: no text I
books to master or examinations to pass . . . i think it is good to keep ^
before us the ideal club life; not to permit ourselves to be isolated into
units or detachments . .

In 1916, Dr. F. Boge, in her Presidential Address, said: "I should
like to emphasise the value of our Club in the matter of educating and i
influencing public opinion. We are members of a Club which has no party j
political feelings, and no vested interests, and therefore, as a Club, we j
can speak with no uncertain voice when necessary".

From the very beginning, the Club has shown the way in encouraging
preservation and protection of our flora and fauna. Our Council was
partly instrumental in having an Animals and Birds Act passed. Also we
can take credit for preserving the Sandgate Lagoons and the Bora Ring
at Nudgee. We have been successful in having other places declared
Sanctuaries, including Hercules Bank (now Bishop I.), Bribie I. and part
of Sunnybank. We were one of the prime movers in asking the authorities
to establish National Parks.

In 1908, the Club supported the movement to establish a Queensland
University. This objective was achieved in 1910, and- over the years we
have gained much from the active participation of various members of
the University staff.

* Because of lack of space it has been possible to publish only an abridged version
of this lecture. — Editor.

73

Some Pioneers and Qther Prominent Members

Now I think we should learn something of those men who were
pioneers of our Club.

Professor S. B. J. Skertchly, the first President, though primarily a
geologist, was interested in many other branches of natural history. Mr.
Heber Longman wrote of him — "Behind his witticisms [and] his learning,

. . . there was one big central fact — and that was his great love of nature
and his delight in her inexhaustible treasures. ... He wrote many interest-
ing articles of popular natural history in the 'Courier'. He did excellent
work for the old Gould League of Bird Lovers. He was a good all-round
Field Naturalist". "Into his natural history, he always put a touch of
poetry, and as the text of his first address he quoted Keats' well-known
line: 'The Poetry of Earth is Never Dead'." That line now appears on
the cover of "The Queensland Naturalist".

Professor Skertchly folt that the room in which a meeting was held
influenced it. Early meetings of the Club were held in the basement of
the old Technical College in Ann Street, with school forms to sit on and
in very uninspiring surroundings; Professor Skertchly commented os
follows: — "A room garnished with rows of benches , . . kills all sociability
— it is too form-al. It savours of the college, it reeks of the class-room,
and one could no more be pleasantly chatty amid its wooden parallels
than one could tread a measure among church pews. . . Picture the bliss
of this room with a long table running down its middle, with chairs or
benches dotted irregularly as the island of the Cyclades. The table is
adorned with the most heterogeneous assortment of birds, beasts, fishes,
plants and stones, brought by ourselves. Picture us all wandering around,
among them, each telling what he knew of the exhibits, or asking questions
thereanent. The formal, necessary, business has been got through in a
few moments, and for an hour or two lively and intellectual conversation
buzzess all round the place and humanises it. That is my idea of club
life. Here we could hatch our our scientific chickens, and send the
selected pullets to market at the Royal Society, . . ."

Professor Skertchly died in 1 926 and was buried in the Nerang
Cemetery. His granite memorial stone, erected with funds raised by
scientific societies of Brisbane, bears the quotation, "The Poetry or Earth is
Never Dead".

Mr. Henry Tryon was a founder of the Club and our second President,
i.e., during 1907. He was an entomologist of note, but, like Professor
Skertchly, was interested in many other branches of nature. On arrival in
Queensland from New Zealand, he was appointed to the scientific staff of
the Queensland Museum. Later he became Government Entomologist and
Vegetable Pathologist in the Department of Agriculture and Stock. Mr.
C. W. Holland wrote: "Mr. Tryon's services to the sugar industry alone
were of great value. ... In 1884 he helped to establish the Royal Society
of Queensland, of which he was first Hon. Secretary. Two years later he
was the principal mover in the formation of a Field Natur'^lists' Section
of the Royal Society which lasted until 1894. Early in 1892 . . . the
Natural History Society of Queensland [was formed] and Mr. Tryon was
its first President. . . . When, in 1888, a Royal Commission was appointed
in New South Wales to report upon . . , the extermination of rabbits,
Mr. Tryon was one of two Queensland representatives, ... He was the
first to suggest the possibility of using natural enemies [to eradicate the
prickly-pear] . . . and his suggestion led to the ultimate conquest of the
pest." In his younger days Mr. Tryon was a regular attender at Club
excursions and came to meetings till he was a very old man. He died in
1 943 in his 87th year.

Mr. C. W. Holland, the father of our present Hon. Secretary, became
Hon. Secretary of the Club in 1907 and retained that position till the
end of 1912, when he left Queensland as Secretary of the Travelling
Prickly I’ecr Commission. Mr. Holland was the Club's auditor for many

74

years and a great advocate for the protection of our native birds. At the
time of his death in 1952, at the age of 84, he was the Club's oldest
surviving member.

Another pioneer was our third President, Dr. John Shirley, who
served during 1908. When he was 70 and over, he went on long excursions
and thought nothing of steep climbs in pursuit of plants or land shells,
his foremost interests. He published a series of papers on "The Lichen
Flora of Queensland". After reaching the retiring age he was appointed
Conchologist to the Queensland Museum for a time. He died in 1922.

Mr. Heber Longman, President in 1913, was another member with
very diverse interests in the field of natural history. Initially he was a
keen collector of plants. Later he gained an International reputation for
his contributions to vertebrate palaeontology. Professor D. A. Herbert
wrote of him — "There were, too, important contributions to the living
fauna of the States. Members . . . remember with pleasure the numerous
occasions on which ... he lectured on zoological and palaeontological
topics. . . . Aboriginal skulls, native weapons, live reptiles, insects, fish,
birds. Barrier Reef specimens, artifacts and fossils took on a new interest
as he spoke." In 1917 he became Director of the Queensland Museum
and held that post for 28 years. Once a year he invited members of the
Club to the Museum where they spent a most interesting afternoon.
Among honours bestowed on him were the Australian Natural History
Medallion In 1946, and in 1952, the Mueller Memorial Medal. His
death in 1954 removed a great naturalist from our midst.

Mr. Rowland lllidge was a foundation member and over the yeors
held most offices in the Club. Although essentially an entomologist, he
knew a great deal about our native birds and also something of our native
plants, which he introduced into his garden at Bulimba. He became the
first Hon. Member of the Entomological Society of Queensland, and was
the first Hon. Associate Member of the Royal Zoological Society of
New South Woles.

Mr. W. R. Colledge, President in 1910, was a kindly, genial soul,
always ready to help others from his store of knowledge, which was
particularly great on the subject of pond life — Rotifers and mosquitoes
especially. He rarely missed either a meeting or an excursion in all
the years he was a member and tried to present something new at
each meeting.

Dr. Jefferis Turner was a foundation member and an outstanding
field naturalist. He became a world authority on Australian Lepidoptera,
specializing in the Micro-Lepidoptera. His very valuable and large collec-
tion Is now housed in the National Museum at Canberra. He died in 1947
at the age of 86.

Many other members deserve mention, but my time will not allow it.

We now come to Mr. C. T. White. When formed, the Club was
intended for adults only, but two years later, in 1908, that rule was
suspended to allow, as Professor Skertchly described him, "an incipient
genius, young Cyril White," to become o member. He was a member for
42 years and led innumerable excursions at which he rarely failed to find
something of botanical interest. He also gave addresses at many meetings,
usually accompanied by interesting specimens or slides, and was frequently
called upon to comment on exhibits tobled by other members. Apart from
serving as President (3 times), Hon. Secretary, Excursion Secretary and
Treasurer, he was Editor of "The Queensland Naturalist" for about 20
years, and contributed many papers to it.

Mr. White learnt his botany from his grandfather, Mr. F. Manson
Bailey, Colonial Botanist, and an Honorary Member of this Club. He
became Government Botanist in 1918 at the age of 28 and fulfilled that
office with distinction till his death.

75

Mr. White travelled widely in Queensland and visited all of the
Australian States except Northern Territory. Botany was both his recreation
ond his work. In 1918 he visited New Guinea, and was there again in
1944 to instruct members of army forestry units. In 1923, he collected
in New Caledonia. Most of 1939 was spent ct the Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, in England, examining type material of Australian plants and working
on the Identification of undetermined specimens. For six months during
1945, he wos in the Solomon Islonds co-operating in a forest survey of
the area.

In 1946, Mr. White was awarded the Mueller Memorial Medal. Two
years later he received the honorary degree of Master of Science at the
University of Queensland. He was a past President of several well-known
societies.

His travels provided him with a wealth of anecdote on which he drew
to enliven his talks and conversation. He was always bright and interesting
company. His sudden death in 1950 came as a shock to all who knew
him and caused a very great loss to the Club.

Mrs. White, who is still with us, should also be mentioned in her
own right os an early and active member of the Club.

The only published list of members of the Club appeared in the first
issue of ^"The Naturalist'", i.e., in March, 1908. Among the foundation
members, Messrs. J. E. England, J. C. McMinn, and J. Wedd are the
only survivors who have been located. Other members at that early date
who are still living include Messrs. G. H. Barker, R. W. Lahey (who has
played an active part in the National Park movement) and W. A. Zerner.

Mr. Barker is the only one of these early members who still attends
our meetings. In the 1908 list his main interest was given as botany, but
for many years we have known him as an authority on ornithology. He
was on the Council In 1910 and served almost continuously until quite
recently, when ill-health caused his retirement. He was President in 1920
ond on other occasions. For some years he was our efficient Excursion
Secretary. He has also been most generous in presenting to the Club
valuable books and magazines on natural history.

While in Brisbane, Mr. A. H. Chisholm was one of the Club's keenest
ond most active members. He was an ardent advocate for the protection
of our native fauna and flora, a renowned ornithologist and bird photog-
rapher. On his departure for the South in 1922 he was made an Honorary
Member, and has since published several interesting books on notural
history subjects.

Dr. E. 0. Marks became a member in the early 1 920's, was President
on more than one occasion, and for many years a member of the Council.
His interest is chiefly geological, but almost everything in the way of
natural history seems to be included. He and Mrs. Marks have been
popular hosts to the Club on a number of occasions at their Camp
Mountain home. His daughter, Dr. E. N. Marks, as on entomologist, is
following in her father's footsteps in her interest in our Club. She is a
noted authority on mosquitoes, our present Excursion Secretary and a Past
President.

Our library, as old as the Club, with its large stock of books and
magazines, plays an important part. Many Australian and overseas
societies send us their publications in exchange for our own, and in
addition there are many reference books on natural history subjects. Mrs.
G. L. Jackson has capably acted as Librarian for a number of years now.

No account of office-bearers would be complete without mention of
Miss E. E. Baird, our Hon. Secretary for more than 21 years, during which
time she did a worthy job. For part of that time she acted as Excursion

76

Secretory. Further, menh'on should be mode of Mr. W. J. Sanderson, who,
for many years, skilfully operated the projector at illustrated talks, and
often contributed slides of his own making.

Excursions

From the inception of the Club, excursions have been an important
part of its activities and have proved most popular, both as pleasurable
outings end for the natural history knowledge gained. Some localities
visited in the very early years are still visited occasionally; others, through
expansion of the city and opening up of the country, have now lost much
of their interest.

As a result of one trip to Toowoomba to see a unique double-coned
extinct volcano in the quarry, local inhabitants were encouraged to form
a Field Naturalists^ Club in 1908. This body was instrumental in having
part of the local quarry preserved.

Now, as then, an excursion is held each month, usually on a
Saturday afternoon, to some nearby place and to more distant areas at
Easter and long week-ends. Some which have led to the publication of
more detailed reports in the ^'Naturalist"' are the Easter camps at Dunwich
and Myora (1921), Cowan Cowan (1924), Canungra (1928), Caloundra
(1933), Mt. Edwards (1934), Numinbah Valley (1935), Upper Albert River
(1936 and 1939), Coolum (1938), Running Creek (1941), Noosa (1946)
and Somerset Dam (1947), and the shorter excursions to Bulwer on
Moreton Island (1908) and Glass House Mountains (1910).

Wild Flower Shows

One feature of the Club over the years has been the exhibit of wild
flowers each September. This commenced before 1915, for in that year
the "Naturalist" records that "The usual custom of arranging the exhibits
in botanical order was departed from. . , In 1920, a "Wild Flower

Show and General Natural History Exhibition" was held at the School of
Arts. In 1929 there was a competition for flowers arranged for decorative
effect and prizes were awarded. With the outbreak of war in 1939,
these wild flower shows ceased.

“The Queensland Naturalist^

And now a word about "The Queensland Naturalist." The Organ
of the Field Naturalists' Club and its Branches" was the subtitle on the
cover of Vol. 1, No. 1, published on 31st March, 190$. This has now
become, after a few changes, "The Journal of the Queensland Naturalists'
Club." To the numerous copies I possess, I am indebted for most of the
material in this history.

There are notes about meetings, reports on excursions and exhibits,
descriptions of new species of plants, insects, birds, fossils, etc., originaJ
observations on most aspects of natural history, and above all addresses
of retiring Presidents. Some of the latter are serious, some humorous, but
full of scientific information, and some show that the writers were equolly
learned in literature and science.

! hope "The Queensland Naturalist" with its high standard wilt
continue to be published for many years to come.

And now I will end by re-echoing what Mr. Frank Burtt said irt
1915 — "Long may the present good-fellowship continue and long may the
Club prolong its life of usefulness".

77

WHAT'S THAT?— SOME UNCOMMON BIRDS SEEN

RECENTLY

Marjory Hawken

White-fronted Tern (Sterna striota Gmelln): Three observed at Reef
Pt,, Scarborough, early in March, 1956, in the company of mixed waders
and terns more usually found in this region, namely, the Caspian, Crested
and Little Tern. The conspicuous black mark on the shoulder and the
size, intermediate between that of the Crested and the Little Tern, draw
attention to the White-fronted Tern.

Whit-winger Black Tern (Chlidonias ieucoptera Temminck): Three

observed at Raby Bay by Mr. L. Amiet in April, 1955, and reported in
the "'Emu" 56 (2). This bird has not been reported here since Easter,
1925, when it was seen by Mrs. Mayo near King Island, Moreton Bay.

Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa limosa L.): A large flock first observed at
Thornside, 6.xi, 1955, and later a small flock seen about the Sandgate
area for some time. Their habit of raising their wings above their head
when at rest, showing the black end white marking, made them con-
spicuous in the mixed company of Bar-tailed Godwits and other shore birds.

Double-banded Dotterel (Charadrius bicinctus Jardine & Selby). A
regular winter visitor from New Zealand, but not usually seen so far north.
As it arrives In eclipse plumage it is sometimes confused with the
Mongolian Dotterel,

Little Cuckoo-shrike (Coracina robusta Latham): Two seen at Brook-

field in July, 1956. Their smaller size, that of a peewit, and black tail
rather than the black eye marking confirmed our determination.

Striped Honey-eater (Plecforhyncha lanceolata Gould): Two seen at

Brookfield on the Club outing in June this year (1956).

Yellow-tufted Honey-eater (Meliphaga meianops Latham): Observed
during the Club excursion, 15.xi, 1953, at Redbank Plains in trees in the
house grounds of our host, Mr. Jones.

This species and the two preceding species are regarded as inland
birds, but, as with the white-backed Swallow and red-backed Kingfisher,
are seen from time to time. The Bronze-winged Pigeon now appears to be
a permanent resident here.

Blue Wren (Malurus cyaneus Latham): Observed by Miss M. Holland
nesting for the last three years near her home in Toowong. It is many
years since this bird was previously seen in the Brisbane district.

Brolga (Megalornis rubicundus Perry): Two adults and well-grown

young one observed on the swamp at Bald Hills in October, 1955. The
owner of the property informed us that it had bred there.

Jabiru (Xenorhynchus asiaticus Latham): Seen at the Bald Hills

Swamp and at other places around Brisbane.

Currawong (Strepera graculina Shaw): Invaded the city area in con-

siderable numbers last year (1955), but only occasional ones seen this
year,

A reminder for those who frequent the beaches: Keep a watch out
for bird casualties. The Queensland Museum would welcome such
specimens.

78

TRIASSIC FOOTPRINTS IN QUEENSLAND

F. S. Colliver

For some time now footprints of Dinosours and possibly Amphibia
have been known from the Mesozoic of Queensland.

Three such occurrences are:

1 . A footprint of a three-toed dinosaur found in the roof shale of
the Lanefield Extended Colliery at Rosewood (Ball 1946, Qd. Govt.
Min. J. 47, p. 179).

2. A large number of confused footprints with some individual three-
toed forms 2 " long and 20" span from the Balgowan Colliery
roof shale (Moreton 1951, Qd. Govt. Min. J. 52, p. 582).

3. Some 32 impressions noted at four positions some of 12" length
and 12" span in line showing a heel to heel length of pace of 2 ' ,
from the old fire-clay workings near Mt. Morgan (Staines 1954,
Qd, Govt. Min. J. 55, pp. 483-5).

(Further collections at Balgowan Colliery were made by the Queens-
land Museum in recent years when not only three-toed forms, but indefinite
quadrupedal forms were also collected).

The first two locations are in sediments referred to as Walloon and
possibly approximately Jurassic in age.

The freshwater deposits of Triassic Age in and about Brisbane, and
in particular those of Petrie's Quarry at Albion with their great wealth
of plant fossils had been searched for many years for vertebrate evidence
without success.

During the A.N.Z.A.A.S. excursion to Petrie's Quarry (May, 1951)
Professor E. S. Hills of the Melbourne University, Geology Department,
pointed out some rather indefinite markings as footprints. Although not
convinced of their origin we made plaster casts in situ and the actual
specimens were cut out at a later date and the evidence looked at more
critically. Bearing in mind that these 'footprints' were made in very
soft material, possibly water-logged or even under water, that the animal's
weight pressed on the digits forcing the mud up under the sole of the
foot, and that the sides of the prints would tend to flow inwards after the
animal moved on, a fairly reasonable footprint was recognised.

Smaller odd markings were later noted and the better preserved
items showed that these were apparently impressions of forefeet; thus the
animal was a quadruped with four feet on the ground.

During each successive excursion to the locality a special search
was made for further footprints and odd items were discovered and
collected. In 1955 a lucky blow uncovered a lower layer in the floor of
the quarry and showed up a very good footprint. Staff Members from
the Geology Department later carefully uncovered an area approximately
12' x 6' showing some impressions in several lines of tracks tending in
the one general direction and two separate footprints cutting across these
at right angles. The main tracks were of the general quadrapedal type
noted previously, but the two odd tracks were apparently made by a
three-toed biped having a stride approaching 7 feet.

The hole made in the beginning which revealed this lower layer had
apparently destroyed a footprint in the middle of the series, and thus we
had ot least three possibilities to contend with: —

o. If this print was a small one it could be of the quadrapedal fore-
limb type.

b. If larger and belonging to the general groups and in line with
them it still could indicate the quadrupedal type of animal.

c. If large and three-toed trending with the other two at approxi-
mately right angles to the main lines it could have reduced the
stride to half and also then the size of the bipedal type.

79

Careful questioning of the students who first uncovered the layer of
footprints, and close study both in situ and of a series of photographs of
the footprints seemed to justify the idea of two distinct animals and that
one was a dinosaur with a stride of 7 feet, and thus for the first time

evidence of these animals in the Triassic seemed definite.

Subsequently other individual footprints were collected and the
opportunity was taken during June of this year to show all the evidence
to Professor K. Caster from Cincinnatti, who has had a large experience
with fossil tracks of many forms. Professor Coster agreed that here we
had definite evidence of there being not only Triassic quadrapedal, but
also bipedal Dinosauria in Queensland and thus we have been able to

extend the range in time of these animals here bock from the middle to

the beginning of the Mesozoic.

The footprints mentioned range from 3^' to 1 " long.

A NOTE ON THE ALGAL FOOD OF THREE MARINE FISH
FROM SOUTHERN QUEENSLAND

Margaret Martin and Barbara Winks

Animal life in the sea is basically dependent upon plant life, either
directly or indirectly. In many cases the larger fish prey on the smaller
species which in turn may be dependent on planktonic Crustacea which
derive their food from microscopic algae such as diatoms. However, a
few species of fish feed directly on the larger algae, and the stomach
contents of three such species were examined. One of these, a Morwong,
was caught on a reef off Mermaid Beach (April, 1955), and the other
two, Microcanthus strigotus Cuv. & Val. and Acanthurus matoides (Cuv.),
were taken at Point Danger from a lower littoral pool about eight feet
deep containing abundant attached algae. The algae recovered from the
stomachs of these fish and identified are as follows: —

Plectorhynchus sp. (''Morwong'"). The one specimen examined contained
mainly the sea lettuce, Ulva lactuca L.

Microcanthus strigatus ("Stripey"). Of two specimens examined, one had
no gut content, but the alimentary tract of the other contained
quantities of algae. Enteromorpha sp. constituted the bulk of this
algal material but the following genera also were recognised: —

Oscillatoria sp., Chaetomorpha sp., Sphacelaria sp., Erythrotrichia sp.,
Polysiphonia sp., diatoms.

Acanthurus matoides. The predominant algal species present in the
stomach was Enteromorpha sp., together with fair quantities of
Ectocarpus sp. Other Identified algae present in small quantity were
diatoms, Sphacelaria sp., Acrochaetium sp., Polysiphonia sp., and
Cladophora sp.

The presence of large numbers of diatoms in the stomach contents
of these fish does not necessarily indicate their deliberate ingestion, since
many diatoms are epiphytic, and many were, in fact, found attached to
the fragments of larger algae in the stomach. Similarly, some of the
smaller filamentous algae present occasionally may have been taken in
solely because of their close association with algae more desirable from
the point of view of the fish.

From the proportions of the various algae found in the alimentary
tract it seems likely that both the Microcanthus and Acanthurus showed a
preference for Enteromorpha at the time they were taken. It is of
interest to note that species of this algal genus are sold os bait for the
black bream, Gireila tricuspidata (Quoy and Gaimard), during the winter
months in Queensland.

80

ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1954-55

Ladies and Gentlemen,

Your Council has pleasure in submitting the 49th Annual Report.

During the year the Club has continued its usual activities.

MEETINGS — There have been 10 meetings, 9 field excursions and
10 Council meetings.

COUNCIL — Attendance at Council meetings was as follows; — Dr.
E. N. Marks, 10; Miss M. Holland, Mrs. 1. Waddle, 9; Dr. E. O. Marks,
Messrs. S. T. Blake, K. T. Cameron, A. B. Cribb and L. S. Smith, 8;
Mrs. A. B. Cribb, Mrs. W. M. Bristow, 7; Mrs. G. L. Jackson, Miss M.
Hawken, 6; Mr. G. H. Barker, 4; Mr. T. E. Hunt, 1. In the absence of
Miss Hawken during the last Si months of the year. Dr. E. N. Marks
acted as Secretary.

EVENING MEETINGS — Average attendance was 46 and subjects
covered many aspects of natural history, both in Australia and abroad.
Excellent illustrations by colour films and slides have added to the interest
and enjoyment of meetings and we are grateful to those who have loaned
projectors. Dr. A. S. Roe and Miss V. Twine provided film evenings, and
Miss C. Fix, Dr. E. N. Marks, Messrs. J. Mann and C. O. Dunn gave
illustrated talks. At the September meeting, in addition to the usual wild
flower exhibits, we were privileged to have a lecture by a distinguished
Dutch botanist. Prof. H. J. Lam; the April meeting was devoted to exhibits
and reports of the Easter excursion, and in June Mr. W. D. Francis
delivered the fourth C. T. White Lecture. In addition, members enjoyed
a film evening at Invincible Studios at the invitation of Mr. P. F. Ruckert.

Numerous members have exhibited speciments during the year, and
Mr. E. J. Smith has been an outstanding contributor. The Barrier
Naturalists' Club sent us for exhibit a selection of wild flowers from the
Broken Hill district.

MEMBERSHIP OF THE CLUB — Honorary, 5; Ordinary, 128; Country,
24; Junior, 3; total, 161. During the year 8 new members were elected,
4 resigned and 2 died.

We regret the passing of Mr. J. H. Simmonds, senr., who had been
a member of the Club almost since its foundation and was Hon. Librarian
in 1929. He was a notable collector of botanical specimens, of shells and
of fossil plants end insects, and contributed many exhibits to Club meetings.

We also record with sorrow the death of Mr. G. L. Jackson, who
served the Club as a councillor for over 20 years, and held office as
President, Vice-President and Hon, Librarian, He was a regular attender
at meetings and excursions and will be greatly missed.

''THE QUEENSLAND NATURALIST" — A double number was published
in September and the next issue is in the press. Suitable material is
offering for more frequent issues, but the high cost of printing restricts
the amount we can publish. Investigations into cheaper methods of
production have not so far been successful.

LIBRARY — Many overseas publications are received in exchange for
"The Queensland Naturalist." Copies of some outside the interests of
Club members have been donated to the University.

EXCURSIONS — There have been 5 half-day, 1 full-day and 3 week-
end outings; at 5 of these attendance was 30-40 which is most encourag-
ing. If we could depend on a good response from members, it would be
easier to organise bus trips to places of interest. Rain caused abandonment
of the October excursion. The remainder were as follows: July — Birkdaie

81

to Thornside along the shore. August — Mt. Coot-tho, inspecting the track
from Woo! Street and returning by the Dorns. September — a week-end at
the Tallebudgera National Fitness Camp, with a walk to Fleay's Fauna
Reserve on Saturday, and a bus trip to Coombabah wild flower swamp on
Sunday. November — a Sunday outing to Jolly's Lookout and Boombana
National Park (a bus breakdown prevented our going on to Mt. Nebo as
intended). February — The Queensland Museum, where Mr. Mack explained
the new reptile exhibit to a large gathering. March — from the top of
Samford Range to Ferny Grove. May — Mt. Gravat. June — the Queen's
Birthday week-end was spent at Camp Mt., thanks to the hospitality of
Dr. and Mrs. E. 0. Marks.

EASTER CAMP — In April 36 members and friends attended the camp
at Springbrook, where most were occommodated in the empty Turromurra
guest house. We are grateful to Mr. W. Shelley for making his building
available, to Mr. C. Kurz, who made all local arrangements for us, and to
Mr. Hardy for on excellent talk on early days at Springbrook. Uncertain
weather somewhat marred the outing, but two interesting days were spent
in the National Parks below the Purlingbrook and Twin Falls. The
Council subsequently wrote to the Minister for Lands expressing apprecia-
tion of these Parks and the facilities provided for seeing them.

OTHER ACTIVITIES — Collections of native flowers were sent to the
Morwell Horticultural Society and the Barrier Naturalists' Club for their
shows. A botanical excursion for Mr. and Mrs. Keats of the Barrier
Naturalists' Club on their visit to Brisbane was arranged with the
co-operation of Miss D. Coxon and Mr. S. T. Blake.

The Council made successful representations to the appropriate
authorities to prevent possible damage to Lamington National Park by the
Army, to prevent the abolition of royalties on kangaroo skins, and to
obtain restoration of the walking-track to Mt. Coot-tho from Wool Street.
An approach has also been made to prevent dumping of rubble in the
Mt. Coot-tho reserve and to ensure that native orchids sold in chain stores
are not collected illegally.

Mrs. G. L. Jackson has continued to act as the Club's delegate on
the Save the Trees Campaign Committee and Miss M. Holland as delegate
to the International Bird Preservation Committee (Australian Branch). Miss
Holland was appointed the Club's representative on the Arthur Groom
Memoriol Committee.

Mrs. G. L. Jackson and Dr. E. 0. Marks were appointed Club delegates
to a conference of interested organisations at the Burleigh Bora Ring in
September and preservation of the ring is now ensured.

Mr. S. T. Blake has been appointed the Club's delegate to the
Melbourne meeting of A.N.Z.A.A.S. in August, 1955.

GENERAL — We are indebted to Mrs. H. A. Longman for the gift of
G large series of back numbers of "The Queensland Naturalist".

The gratitude of the Club is expressed to Mr. G. H. Barker, who has
for many years looked after the Club's camping geor, and to Mr. K. T.
Cameron, who has now assumed this responsibility. During the year the
Club purchased the necessary materials and Mr. Cameron made several
lockers for storage of the gear.

MARGARET HOLLAND, President.

ELIZABETH N. MARKS, Acting Hon. Secretary.

82

ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1955-56

Ladies and Gentlemen,

Your Council has pleasure in submitting the 50th Annual Report.

On the 6th April, 1956, the Club passed another major milestone —
the 50th year of its life. It is pleasing to be able to record that, despite
the many obstacles that have arisen since its formation, the Club still
remains an active one and during the past year has continued to engage
in all of its customary activities.

MEETINGS — There have been 10 meetings and 13 field excursions.
The Council held 9 meetings.

COUNCIL MEETINGS — Attendance at Council meetings was as
follows: — Mr. L. S. Smith, Miss M. Hawken, 9; Miss M. Holland, Mrs.
I. Waddle, 8; Mr. F. S. Colliver, Mr. A, B. Cribb, Mr, E. J. Smith, 7;
Dr. E. N. Marks, Mrs. A. B. Cribb, Mr. S. T. Blake, Mr. K. T. Cameron,
6; Mrs. E. M. Jackson, 3; Mr. T. E, Hunt, 1.

EVENING MEETINGS — Attendance at evening meetings has averaged
47 and ranged up to 78 members. Lectures throughout the year have
catered for a variety of interests and the majority were illustrated by
Kodachrome transparencies. Illustrated talks on the subjects indicated
were given by Dr. H. E. Young (Ceylon), Messrs. G. H. Barker (Birds of the
Riverina), R. Endean (Echinoderms), J. Mann (Mexico), and J. T. Woods
(A Collecting Trip to Central Queensland). Mr. Mann also showed a film
prepared by the Department of Public Lands showing the conquest of
prickly-pear. Mr. K. B. Walker gave an address on the birds of the
Darling Downs. The final meeting for 1955 was devoted to the showing
of Kodachromes of natural history and taken by Club members. At the
September meeting, one of the most extensive collections of wildflowers
seen for some years was tabled. This included a contribution received from
the Barrier Naturalists' Club, Broken Hill.

Exhibits of specimens, varied in nature, have been numerous through-
out the year, and have contributed to the interest of meetings.

50th ANNIVERSARY MEETING — To mark the occasion of the Club's
50th Anniversary, at the April meeting, Mr. J. Cossar Smith delivered the
fifth C. T. White Memo:ial Lecture entitled "Our first fifty years." This
was illustrated by the display of early photographs. Further, to focus
attention on the published work of the Club, a manuscript copy of an
index to the Queensland Naturalist, prepared by tour members of the
Council, was tabled. On this occasion we were happy to welcome a
number of early members, including a Foundation Member, Mr. J. C.
.McMinn. Supper, at which an anniversary cake was cut, terminated the
evening.

EXCURSIONS — In an unusually wet year, we were fortunate to hold
1 3 excursions and have good weather for most of them. The attendance
of school children has been noted with particular pleasure because early
encouragement of a love of nature is one of our aims.

Full-day Saturday outings, which enabled us to reach more interesting
areas, were the most popular. Transport for these remain a problem.
The number requiring it makes hire of a bus a financial hazard. On two
outings, private cars could have seated the whole party, yet an attempt
to organize transport by this means for one of them proved unsuccessful.
Apparently some car-owners do not decide to attend until the day of the
excursion.

Attendance at the five half-day excursions averaged 17. These were
held as follows: — In July to Clontarf, where a jabiru was seen; in August
to Albion quarry to view the dinosaur footprints; in October to Brighton
reserve, where we found the ranger, Mr. Franklin, doing a good job in
protecting this accessible area of bushland; in February to the University
Department of Geology, St. Lucia; in March to Sherwood Arboretum, where

83

Mr. Steenbhom explained City Council plans for its development and Mrs.
Bristow entertained members to afternoon tea at her home nearby.

Full-day excursions, at which attendance averaged 28, comprised four
Saturday excursions, namely — in September to Beerwah where wildflowers
were plentiful; in November to Mr. M. Haysom's delightful property at
Kenmore; in April to Burpengary scenic reserve; in May, a walk from
Indooroopilly to Mt. Coot-tha and down to Bardon, which allowed members
to join or leave the party at midday. One Sunday excursion was held to ^
Gold Creek in June.

There were two week-end excursions. The highlight of the year's
outings, for the 16 present, was the one at Dunwich in October, arranged
and led by Professor Stephenson, who gave us an absorbing introduction
to the study of marine biology. In June, 19 spent the Queen's Birthday
week-end at Montville.

An enjoyable Easter camp was held at Mooloolaba, where we rented
o large house which, with outbuildings, accommodated 27. On outings
to Point Cartwright, the Mooloolah River, and the foothills of Buderim
Mountain, six other members joined us. Evening entertainment was
provided by several members showing Kodachromes.

As usual a small surplus of money was collected on the longer
excursions. This has been used or put aside for purchase and repair of
camping gear.

MEMBERSHIP — Present membership of the Club comprises: Honorary,

6; Ordinary, 132; Country, 23; Junior, 4; total 165. During the year 19
new members were elected, 6 resigned, 1 died, and 5 names were struck
off for prolonged non-payment of subscriptions. We regret the passing of
Mr. Herbert Curtis, of North Tamborine, and extend our sympathy to Mrs.
Curtis. Both have been country members for many years.

"THE QUEENSLAND NATURALIST"— One issue, Vol. 15, No. 3, was
published in August, and the Editor Is well advanced with the preparation
of a triple number which should go to press very shortly. The high cost
of printing continues to exert a restraining influence on the rate of
publication.

LIBRARY — Many publications continue to be received by the Club in
exchange for the "Queensland Naturalist", Partly owing to the much-
regretted and prolonged illness of the Librarian, it was not possible to
offer normal library facilities for part of the year. However, a Library
Committee has been recently reconstituted to assist the Librarian temporarily
and review present library arrangements.

GENERAL — Representations were made to the appropriate authorities
protesting against the granting of an application for a mining lease taking
in part of the Currumbin Bird Sanctuary. This application was subsequently
withdrawn.

Following an approach by the Club the Forestry Department has made
arrangements for suitable notices to be erected to deter passers-by from
picking Christmas Bells and other wildflowers from a wildflower flat beside
the Golden Beach Rood, Noosa.

Collections of native flowers were sent to the Barrier Naturalists'
Club, Broken Hill, and the Burnie Naturalists' Club, Tasmania, for exhibit
at their wildflower shows. We are grateful to Miss D. Coxon for her work
in this connection.

Three members accompanied a group of Girl Guides to Mt. Coot-tha,
pointing out objects of natural history interest.

The nomination of Mr. S. R. Mitchell for the Natural History
Medallion for 1955 was supported by the Club, and he subsequently
received the award.

To all who have assisted in one way or another during the year, we
extend our thanks.

L. S. SMITH, President.

MARGARET HOLLAND, Secretary.

84

PROCEEDINGS

EVENING MEETING, 23rd Aug., 1954 — Dr. E. O. Marks reported on
the excursion to the Mt. Coot-tha reserve on 21st August, when the Wool
Street walking track, which had recently been partly covered by quarrying
operations, was inspected. It was resolved that the City Council be
approached to see that the track is kept clear. Mr. T. E. Hunt delivered
his postponed Presidential Address, "The identification of orchids",
illustrated by coloured diagrams. The following were amongst the exhibits
tabled: — Double Leptospermum — Mrs. H. White; banana weevil borer and
larva — Mr. T. E. Hunt.

EVENING MEETING, 20th September, 1954 — Reports were given on
the week-end excursion to Taliebudgera attended by about 30 members.
Dr. E. O. Marks reported the rocks of the area as mainly Brisbane schists
with some larva flows; nests of two of the 54 species of birds seen, the
little friar bird and the variegated wren, were noted by Miss M. Holland;
Mr. L. S. Smith reported pink Canistemon in flower in the Coombaba
swamp; Dr. E. N. Marks drew attention to the very large number of
phantom gnats which could exist in a small amount of water. Professor
H. J. Lam, Director of the State Herbarium and Professor of Botany,
Leiden University, Holland, spoke about and showed slides of some of the
topographical and botanical features of Dutch New Guinea. Mr. J. C.
Jones and Miss E, Bennett were elected to ordinary membership. A collec-
tion of wild flowers from the Barrier Naturalists' Club was exhibited, and
Mr. E. J. Smith tabled the skull and jaws of a jew lizard, pellets from
the boiled head of a sugar squirrel, and the case of a ribbed cos© moth.

EVENING MEETING, 19th October, 1954 — Dr. A. S. Roe showed
his interesting colour film on birds. The following were amongst the
exhibits tabled: — Jaws of crucifix catfish, heart urchin, and sail fish —
Mr. E. J. Smith; egg sac of Magnificent spider — Miss M. Holland;
botanical specimens — Mrs. W. M. Bristow.

EVENING MEETING, 15th November, 1954 — Members reported on
the excursion to Jolly's Lookout and Boombana National Park on 14th
Nov.: Mrs. W. M. Bristow gave an account of the botanical specimens
seen, and Miss M. Holland reported a crested hawk and a colony of bell
birds. Miss C. Fix, a Fullbright Scholar, showed coloured slides and spoke
on national parks in the U.S.A. Mr. C. O. Dunn raised the matter of the
sale of native orchids in some chain stores and asked the Council of the
Club to take some appropriate action. The following were amongst the
exhibits: — American native handicrafts — Miss C. Fix; foraminifera and
radiolarians — Mr. F. S, Colliver; a land shell and a fungus — Mr. E. J. Smith;
botanical specimens — Mrs. W. M. Bristow. Supper was served.

EVENING MEETING, 21st February, 1955 — A report was received
on the excursion on 19th Feb. to the Museum, where Mr. G. Mack gave a
talk on the recently arranged exhibit of snakes and reptiles, Mr. J. Mann
gave a talk on and showed slides of Mexico, which he had visited recently
to search for Lantana control insects. Mr. C. 0. Dunn exhibited some
slides of Springbrook. The following were amongst the exhibits tabled: —
0 recently completed 40-mile geological survey map of Queensland — Mr.
F. S. Colliver; the woody pear, Xylomelum pyriforme — Mrs. W. M.
Bristow; zoological specimens, Including an ogre-faced spider, stomach
stones from a fresh-water yabble, and pistol prawn — Mr. E. J. Smith.

EVENING MEETING, 21st March, 1955 — Members reported on the
excursion on 1 9th March from the top of Samford Range to Ferny Grove:
Dr. E. O. Marks reported that the rocks were schist, part of the Brisbane
metamorphics of which the age is unknown, except that they are very
ancient; Mr. L. S. Smith reported a form of Glycine clandesfina with a
pure white flower, and said that the fungi, including the large white
death-cup fungus. Amanita verna, were numerous; Miss M. Holland noted
a variegated wren; Dr. E. N. Marks found the rare Aedes subauridorsum
amongst the species of mosquitoes. Mr. W. Edmiston was elected to

85

ordinary membership. Mr. C. Q. Dunn" addressed the meeting on orchids
and wild flowers, illustrating his* lecture with coloured slides. Tne following
were amongst the exhibits: — Various snails from overseas and flint stones
from chalk formation near Bath, England — Miss D. Williams (Mr. F. S.
Colliver commented that flint does not occur in Australia, but South
Australian aboriginals used flint implements made from English flints
brought out as ballast in tea clippers); skulh and jaws of the lung fish,
Neoceratodus fdrsteri, and fossil lung fish teeth from the Jurassic strata in
England — Mr. F. S. Colliver; cone of Macrozamia, a recently hatched greer»
tree snake, skull of a ring-tail possum, bubble shell, and common opal
from a quarry at Buderim — Mr. E. J. Smith.

EVENING MEETING, 18th April, 1955 — The meeting was devoted to
reports on the Easter camp held in the empty Turramurra guest house at
Springbrook, and attended by 35 members: Dr. E. 0. Morks said that in
the district there was a basement of greywocke (i.e., sandstone of rock
fragments other than quartz cemented together) very ancient and
crumpled, and laid on this were Mesozoic coalmeosure strata on top of
which were tertiary volcanic rocks of several types; Miss D. Coxon reported
the striated and the brown thornbill, lyrebirds (heard imitating a king
parrot and grey thrush), a scrub turkey and a female cicada bird; Dr.
E. N. Morks spoke of the glow-worms in roadside banks near the camp;
Mr. A. B. Cribb reported two main types of vegetation, the rain-forest,
most of which has now been cleared, on the red volcanic soil, and a
light scrub dominated by Acacia melanoxylon in poorer soil near the cliff
face; Mrs. A. B. Cribb exhibited several fungi collected on the excursion,
including the largest truffle so far found in Queensland; Mr. C. O. Dunn
listed 26 species of orchids. Mrs. J. Taylor was elected to ordinary
membership.

EVENING MEETING, 16th May, 1955 — Reports were received on the
excursion to Mt. Gravatt on 14th May: Mr. F. S. Colliver pointed out thot
weathering of the quartzite on Mt. Gravatt had produced a scree slope
cemented by clay, and in this the caves had been formed; Miss D. Coxon
reported currowongs and rosellas of the summit; Mr. E. J. Smith reminded
members that Mt. Gravatt was named after the last Commandant of the
Moreton Bay penal settlement, Lt. George Gravatt. Master D. Hoffman
was elected to junior membership. Miss V. Twine showed four colour
films, one of them dealing with the Carnarvon Range. The following were
amongst the exhibits: — A wingless fly, Cycfopodio pteropus, parositic on
a flying fox, and 'Mace coral" from Caloundra — Mr. E. J. Smith; fossil
fresh-water fish, Lepfolepis gregarus from Talbragar, N.S.W. — Mr. F. S.
Colliver; botanical specimens — Mrs. W. M. Bristow.

EVENING MEETING, 20th June, 1955 — Reports were received on the
excursion to Camp Mt., where members enjoyed the hospitality of Dr. and
Mrs. E.*N. Marks. The fourth C. T. White Memorial Lecture was delivered
by Mr. W. D. Francis, former Government Botanist, on "Australian Stinging
Trees". Mr. F. S. Colliver spoke of the recent discoveries of fossil foot-
prints in Albion quarry.

EVENING MEETING, 18th July, 1955 — Mr. G. H. Barker, an active
member of the Club for 47 years, was elected an honorary member of the
Club. Members reported on the excursion to Clontarf on 16th July: Dr.
E. N. Marks reported representatives of three families of flies breeding in
water-holding cavities in the mangroves; Miss M. Hawken said that about
14 species of birds, including a Jabiru, were seen; Mr. E. J. Smith spoke
of the kitchen midden examined. The annual report, annual balance
sheet, auditors report and report of the Save the Trees Campaign delegate
were presented. Election of officers resulted as shown on the inside front
cover. Miss M. Holland delivered her Presidential address entitled "Charles
Waterton, nineteenth century naturalist".

Members stood as a mark of respect for Mr. G. L. Jackson who passed
away on 6th July. Mr. Jackson had served on the Council for many years
and was a past President.

86

INDEX

TO

THE QUEENSLAND NATURALIST

VOLS. 1 TO 15

This index was prepared to commemorate the 50th Anniversary of
the Club/ which was celebrated at the evening meeting held on the 16th
April, 1 956. It was tabled at that meeting and is the joint work of the
then President, Mr. L. S. Smith; the Hon. Secretary, Miss M. Hollond; the
Excursion Secretory, Dr. E. N. Marks and Mr. S. T. Blake. Mrs. Smith
also assisted with much of the necessary checking. It is hoped that the
index will make more readily accessible end bring to the notice of members
the many interesting notes ond papers which have already appeared in the
pages of our Journal.

Contributions towards the cost of publication were made by a number
of members of the Club. These are gratefully acknowledged.

Editor.

NOTES

The index is in two parts, a subject-index and an author-index. In
the latter, titles of papers, notes, reports, etc., are listed chronologically
under the author. Titles have been abbreviated or modified slightly in
some cases to save space.

In Vol. 14, page numbers 1 to 20 were used again in part No. 5. The
correct pagination was given in part No. 6. However, in this index, the
duplicated page numbers are used and are preceded by the part number in
brackets, i.e. (5).

A number of common geographical terms have been abbreviated, e.g.,
Ck., creek; I./-S., island/-s; Mt./-n./-s., Mount/-ain/-ains; N., north/ern;
R., river; Ra., range; S.E., south-est/ern; etc. In addition to these
Aust./n. is used for Australia/-n, exc./-s. for excursion/-s, and Qd. for
Queensland.

The occurrence of one or more illustrations is indicated by the
abbreviation - f. This immediately follows the page reference to the sub-
ject or paper, except when there is a series of references, all of which are
illustrated. It is then placed at the end of the series and preceded by a
full stop instead of the usual comma.

The following abbreviations are used in association with latinized
names of plants and animals or groups: — n. comb., new combination; n. g.,
new genus; n. rec., new record for Queensland; n. sp., new species; n. ssp.,
new subspecies; n. war., new variety.

87

SUBJECT-INDEX

Aboriginal, Austn., as a collector of fossils, 13, 100

— rock shelters, 11, 92
Aboriginals and Bunya feasts, 11, 4, f.

Acacia fimbriata, 4, 41, f.

Acacias of Brisbane, 12, 107
Acianthus ledwardii, n. sp., 10, 113, f.

Acraea andromacha, tnelanic form of, 2, 135, f.

Acronychia imperforata, 5, 48
Aegiceras majus, insects of, 5, 46
Agaricus campestris, 14, (5) 17, f.

Ageratum conyzoides, white sport of, 11, 3
Agintha temporalis, 8 , 30
Albert R., birds of, 4, 52
, upper, birds of, 10, 10; 11, 42

— — , — , ethnology of, 11, 43
, — , geology of, 10, 5; 11, 45

— — , — , insects of, 11, 46

— — ^ ^ plants of 11, 42

— — , — , report on 1939 exc., 11, 41

Alga, blue-green, an unusual occurrence of, 15, 71
Algae, blue-green, fairy rings in colonies of, 15, 46, f.

Algal food of three marine fish, 15, 79
Algo! pollution of surf in S. Qd., 14, 123
Alyxia ruscifolia, 1, 206, f.

Amalie Dietrich, 8 , 82
Amity Pt., birds of, 5, 38
Amonodontomerus noblei, n. sp., 11, 107

— poeta, n. sp., 11, 17
Anagyropsis cinctithorax, n. sp., 11, 20

— smaragdus, n. sp.,11, 19

— spondyliaspidis, n. sp., 11, 19
Anapheis java teutonia, a flight of, 11, 88
Angiopteris in Qd., 12, 45, f.

Angophora lanceolata, 5, 40, f.

Animals. See also Fauna.

— , Austn., earliest descriptions of, 4, 107
Anisolabis colossea, 4, 64

Annual reports, 1907 - 1, 1; 1908 - 1, 81; 1909 - 1, 117; 1910 - 1,

197; (1911 - 1921 not published); 1922 - 4, 3; 1923 - 4, 65; 1924 -

5, 3; 1925 - 5, 67; 1926 - 6, 22; 1927 - 6, 68; 1928 - 7, 23;
1929 - 7, 59; 1930 - 7, 93; 1931 - 8 , 18; 1932 - 8 , 62; 1933 -
9, 18; 1934 - 9, 71; 1935 - 10, 3; 1936 - 10, 43; 1937 - 10, 82;
1938 - 11, 30; 1939 - 11, 78; 1940 - 11, 115; 1941 - 12, 21;

1942 - 12, 58; 1943 - 12, 103; 1944 - 13, 4; 1945 - 13, 22; 1946 -

13, 59; 1947 - 13, 105; 1948 - 14, 4; 1949 - 14, 38; 1950 - 14,
86; 1951/2 - 14 (5) 4; 1952/3 - 15, 4; 1953/54 - 15, 56; 1954/5 -
15, 80; 1955/6 - 15, 82.

Anostostoma australasiae, 1, 275.

Ant, exotic, naturalization of, 1, 224
Antheraea eucalypti, life history of, 1, 277

Anthropology. See Aboriginal, Bora ring, Canoe, Engraver, Ethnology.

Middens, Rock shelters.

Ant-lion, new, 6, 11, f.

Ants ond Lycaenid butterfly larvae, 12, 14, 47
Apleurotropis lalori, n. sp., 10, 74

Aquarium and Terrarium Society of Qd., affiliation of, 7, 94
Araucaria bidwillii, 11, 6, f.

— cunninghamii, 2, 114, f.; 10, 2
Archimantis latistylus, peculiar habit of, 1, 152
Arculgria livescens, n. rec., 2 , 46

88

Arthropoda of Running Ck., 12, 12
Arundell, W., obituary, 13, 57
Ashgrove, birds of, 10, 38

— , plants of, 1, 104

— ■ , pond life of, 1, 278
Ash, Moreton Bay, 4, 112, f.

Astrotia stokesii, 8, 60
Atherine, a rare, 4, 95
Australian pilchard, 1, 66
Avicennia in upper Brisbane R., 6, 83
Avifauna. See Birds.

Bag moth, 5, 36

Bailey, F. M., obituary, 2, 38

Balanophora fungosa, 14, 66, f.

Bald Knob, Blackall Ra., birds of, 9, 85
Bambu (bamboo) borer, a, 5, 75
Bancroft, T. L., obituary, 9, 25, f.

Bandicoot, a rabbit-, 3, 52
Bandicoots, 7, 5
Barrier Reef, 6, 3

— — , birds of, 6, 102, f.; 8, 54

— — , naturalist's holiday on, 6, 102, f.; 8, 54
Beech forest, Antarctic, an advancing, 10, 8
Beetles, predaceous ground, 2, 97

— , staghorn, two notable, 3, 29
Bennett's scrub, plants of, 1, 104
Biggenden, birds of 7, 99

Bilbi, 3, 52

Binna Burra, birds of, 10, 97

Biology, 1, 241

Bird assemblings, 11, 101

— , butcher, black-throated, mimicry of, 12, 118

— , dragoon, 1, 221

— I., vegetation of, 11, 94
Bird-lore, ancient, 13, 63

Bird, night-singing native, 1, 40, 112

— notes, 8, 45

— protection, 6, 39

— , rain, 2, 1 06

— ■ seeking in Qd., 3, 66 f.; 93, 1 15

Birds. See also Bowers, Bustard, Canary, Channel-bill, Corella, Crows,
Cuckoo, Curlew, Currawong, Dove, Finch, Flycatcher, Gannets, Honey-
eater, Jabiru, Jacana, Kookaburra, Lorilet, Migration, Mimicry, Native
companions. Noddies, Ornithological history, Parrakeet, Parrot, Pigeon,
Pitta, Plover, Robin, Snipe, Song, Swallows, Swift, Terns, Warbler,
Whistler, Wrens.

— , a chat about, 12, 62, f.

— and habitats, 5, 84

— , bower, spotted, 3, 81, f.

— , courtship among, 2, 83

— - , migration of, 2, 121; 13, 108

— , mimicry amongst, 6, 51

— , mutton, 8, 54 f.

— , native, a plea for, 14, 80

— ^ ^ disappearance of in central Qd., 9, 3

— , nestling, and frost, 7, 67

— , night-calling, 2, 102, f.

— • , night-flying, 8, 14

— , night-singing, 1/41 ^ t c-

— , non-migratory, gathering together of, 14, 15

— of Albert R., 4, 52

89

— — , upper, 10/ 10; 11, 42

— — Amity Pt., 5/ 38

— — Ashgrove, (B), 10 , 38

— — Bald Knob, Blackall Ra., 9 , 85

— — Barrier Reef, 6, 102; 8, 54

— — Biggenden, 7, 99

— — Binna Burra, 10 , 97
— ■ — Bribie 1., 9 , 12

— — Brisbane. See localities and present suburbs immediately above
and below followed by (B).

— — Brookfield, Upper, (B), 6, 18

— — Bulimba, (B), 6, 9

— — Bulwer, 1, 67

- — — Bunya Mts., 9 , 46

— — Caloundra, 8, 75

— ■ — Camp Mtn., 5 , 31; 14 , 25, f.

— — Canungra, 6, 76; 7, 96

— — Cape York, 6, 94

— — Copricorn Is., 5 , 82

— — Cedar Ck. and D'Aguilar Ra., 4 , 34
, upper, 8, 44

— — Cowan Cowan, 4 , 99

— — D'Aguilar Ra., 4 , 34

— — Dunwich, 2 , 128

— — Eight Mile Plains, (B), 8, 1 1
— - — Enoggera, (B), 1 , 167

— — — water reserve, (B), 9 , 1 1 2
Esk, 13 , 84

— — Fraser I., 7, 99

— — Gayndah, 2 , 1 6

— — • Glass House Mts., 1 , 156; 11 , 127

— — Jandowae, 3 , 59

— — Lamington Notional Pork, 10 , 10, 51, 97

— — Moreton Bay, 3 , 4; 5 , 47

— — Moreton 1., 1 , 67; 4 , 99

— — Mt. Coot-tha, (B), 10 , 114

— — Mt. Edv^ards, 9 , 40

— — Mt. Mee, 1, 186
Murph/s Ck., 14 , 21

— — Myoro, 2 , 1 28

— — Noosa, 13 , 53

— — Northgate, (B), 1 , 162
N. Qd., 3 , 30

— — Numinbah Valley, 9 , 82

— — prey, economic value of some, 8, 7

— — Pumice Stone Passage, 9 , 12
Redcliffe, 4 , 75

— — Running Ck., 12 , 13

— — Samford, 14 , 25, f.

Sandgote, (B), 1 , 144; 4 , 50; 10 , 37

— — Sankey's scrub, (B), 1 , 56

— — Somerset Dam, 13 , 84

Stradbroke I., 2 , 128; 3, 107; 4 , 23, 43; 5 , 38; 6 , 4, 17

— — Sunnybank, (B), 6, 50

— — Toowong, (B), 12 , 62

— — Victoria Park, (B), 13 , 34, f.

— — Woogaroo scrub, 7, 78

— , "orange", 6, 1 8

— , some uncommon, seen recently, 15 , 77

— , why they should be protected, 4 , 1 9
Bloodwood, brown, 9 , 115, f.

— , common, 9 , 31, f.

90

— , red, 9, 32, f.

— , white, 9, 114, f.

Blue triangle [butterfly], 6, 47, f.

Book notices and reviews. See Reviews.

Bora ring, Ferny Grove, 8, 64

— — , Keperra, 10, 94, f.

, Nudgee, 11, 2; 14, 5

Borer, bambu (bamboo), a, 5 , 75
Boronia pinnate, 4, 41, f.

Botanical work, recent, in the Pacific, 6, 85
Botanic Gardens, Brisbane, 14, 69

— — , — , early history of, 11, 78

— notes, 1, 204, f., 256; 2, 21, 65
Botanising in Tasmania, 8, 38

Botany. See also Buttresses, Macrobiocarpy, Plant communities, Plant
ecology. Plants, Root-systems, Vegetation, Wind-shear.

— , contribution of some women to, 8, 34

Bottle Ck., Port Curtis district, sedges (Cyperaceoe) of, 9, 90
Bowen, Mollusca of, 2, 45
Bower-birds, spotted, 3, 81, f.

Bowers, 2, 1 1 7

Box, gum-topped, 5 , 52, f.

Brake-blocks, cycad wood for, 5 , 30
Brenan, J. O'N., obituary, 11, 88
Bribie I., birds of, 9, 1 2

— — , Mollusca of, 2, 35
Brisbane, Acacias of, 12, 107

— , birds of. See Birds of Brisbane.

— Botanic Gardens, 14, 69

— — — , early history of, 11, 78

— butterflies of Fam. Papilionidae, 6, 33, 47, 55. f.

— , Eucalypts or Gum trees of, 4, 67, 109; 5, 12, 43, 51, 94; 6, 78;
7, 36; 8, 52, 80; 9, 8, 31, 114; 10, 72. f.

— , honeyeaters of, 14, (5) 14, 126

— , insects of. See insects of Brisbane.

— , plants of. See Plants of Brisbone.

— Tertiaries, 1, 28, f., 50

— , testaceous Rhizopoda of, 2, 110, f.

— , wattles of, 12, 107

— , wrens of, 2, 87
Brookfield, Upper, birds of, 6, 18
Buderim Mtn., plants of, 1, 256; 2, 67

— — , shower of shrimps at, 1, 216
Buffon, Linnaeus and, 1, 4

Bulimba, birds of, 6, 9
Bulimba swamps, insects of, 1, 58
Bulwer, birds of, 1, 67
— ■ , fish at, 1, 66

— , insects of, 1, 63

— , plants of, 1, 70

— , shells of, 1 , 70
Bunyo Mts., birds of, 9, 46

— tree, romance of the, 11, 4, f.

Buprestid, a beautiful, 5 , 42
Burny vine, 4, 32

Bustard, full protection of, 10, 4
Butcher-bird, black-throated, mimicry of, 12, 1 18
Butterflies, a flight of, 11, 88

— , African orange tip, 1, 165

— , Brisbane, of Fam. Papilionidae, 6, 33, 47, 55. f.

— , Lycaenid, life-histories of, 12, 14, 47

— . — , two, 13, 75

91

— of Canungra, 6, 77

— — Moreton I., 4 , 97
— - — Stradbroke I., 6, 8

— , two, (Dellas spp.), 2, 79

— , — rare, 2, 1 03, f.

Butterfly, aberration in a, 6, 10, f.

— , a Nymphalid, 4, 36, f.

— , big greasy, 6, 57, f.

— , blue triangle, 6, 47 f.

— , common skipper, 6, 10, f.

• — , cupid blue, 13, 79; 14, 17

— , small orange, 6, 56, f.

Buttresses, 4, 1 05

Cairns fern world, glimpses of, 1, 60
Caladenia cornea, 3, 56, f.

— — vor. gracillima, n. var., 11, 86, f.

Calliostoma indistinctus, n. rec., 2, 45
Caloundra, birds of, 8, 75

— , insects of, 8, 78

— , littoral fauna and flora of, 2, 53

— , plants of, 8, 74

Camp Mtn., birds of, 5, 3 1 ; 14, 25, f.

Canary, mangrove, 10, 37

— , Qd., nesting of, 1, 151
Canberra, trees of, 9, 95
Candalides absimilis, 12, 48

— acasto, 12, 50

— consimilis, 12, 48

— erinus, 12, 49

— hyacinthina, 12, 49

— margarita, 12, 47

— xanthospilos, 12, 49

Candle Mtn. district, geology of, 7, 27
Canoe, dug-out, from Sierra Leone, 12, 81, f.

Canungra, birds of, 6 , 76; 7, 96 •

— , butterflies of, 6, 77

— , geology of, 6, 73

— , plants of, 6, 75

— , reports on exes., 6, 72; 7, 95
Cape York, birds of, 6, 94

Capricorn Is., bird and turtle life of, 5, 82

Carabs, frog-eating, 2, 132

Carbide, reaction of flies to, 1, 254

Carissa ovata, fruit of, 3, 16

Catadromus lacordairei, 2, 132

Cedar Ck. and D'Aguilar Ra., birds of, 4, 34

— — — — — , insects of, 4, 34

— — , upper, birds of, 8, 44

— — , — , plants of, 8, 41

— , red, 8, 71, f.; 10, 2

Cedrela toona var. australis, 8, 71, f.; 10, 2

Centipedes of Glass House Mts., 1, 156

Cetonidae, notes on, 2, 50

Chaetura caudacuta and its food, 1, 38, 112

Chalcid wasps (Chalcidoidea), new, 10, 74; 11, 14, 103, 132

Channel-bill, 2, 1 06

Charagia spp., 1, 164

Chelmer swamp, pond life of, 4, 57

— — , rotifers of, 4, 57

Chelodina longicollis, egg-laying of, 6, 66
Chisholm, A, H., and the Naturalists' Club, 13, 81

92

Chlamydero maculata, 3 , 81, f.

Chlldonias leucoptera, 5, 47

Christmas bells, destruction of by emus, 8 , 72

Cicada, song of a, 1 , 229

Cintractia iseilematis, n. sp., 10 , 60

Cladophora glomerate, n. rec., 1 , 159

Clathrus gracilis, 3 , 64, f.

Clovulina cinerea, n. rec., 14 , 83
Coccophagoides aurithorax, n. sp., 11 , 18
Coccophagus clariscuteilum fasciafacies, n. ssp., 11 , 16

— horatti, n. sp., 11 , 18

Coleoptero of [LamingtonJ National Park, 4 , 80

— — Moreton I., 4 , 98
Colledge, W. R., obituary, 6, 93, f.

Conchology. See Shells and Mollusca.

Cook, Capt., naturalists with, 5, 83
Coolum, geology of, 10 , 102

— , plant communities of, 10 , 106, f

Cootharaba Lake and the wreck of the "Stirling Castle", 15, 41
Copepod (Dioptomus), a, 2 , 1 05, f.

Corals at Low I., 7 , 8, f.

Corello, strange idiosyncrasies of a, 1 , 189

Courtship among birds, 2 , 83

Cowan Cowan, birds of, 4 , 99

Cracticus nigrogularis, 12 , 118

Cretaceous deep sea deposits of England, 11 , 134

Crows, economic value of, 8 , 7

Cuckoo, brush, 1 , 112

— , Koel, female, 2 , 84, f.

— , square-tailed, 1 , 112

Cupid blue [butterfly], 13 , 79; 14 , 17
Curlew, stone, 2 , 102, f.

Currawong, a pied, in the city, 14 , 84
Currumbin, pond and shore life of, 1 , 278
Cyathea in Qd., 12 , 41, f.

Cycad wood for brake-blocks, 5, 30
Cyclophorus in Aust., 10 , 45

— intermedius, n. sp., 10 , 48, f.

Cyperaceae of Bottle Ck., Port Curtis district, 9 , 90
Cyperus disjunctus, n. rec., 12 , 91

— laevigatus, n. rec., 2 , 67

D'Aguilar Ra., birds of, 4 , 34

— — , insects of 4 , 34

Darnley and Murray Is., a visit to, 14 , 112

Darra, fossils at, 7 , 30

Darwin, Charles Robert, 1 , 84

Dawson R., central, nature notes from, 9 , 64

Death adder, 2 , 120

Delias, two spp. of, 2 , 79

Dendrobium adae, 12 , 114, f.; 13 , 12

— ancorarium, n. sp., 12 , 115, f.; 13 , 12

— bigibbum, protection of, 14 , 5

— carrii, n. sp., 10 , 26, f., 50; 12 , 19

— delicatum, 9 , 61, f.

— fleckeri, n. sp., 10 , 25, f., 50

— kestevenii, 9 , 61, f.

— kingianum, 9 , 62, f.

— mortii, 9 , 51, f.

— phalaenopsis, 11 , 109

— schneiderae var. major, n. var., 11, 4

— superbiens, protection of, 14 , 5

93

— tenuissimum, 9 , 52

— whiteanum, n. sp., 14, 60, 82
Deserts, 12, 24

Deyeuxia parviseta, n. rec., 12, 92

— rodwayi, n. rec., 12, 92
Diaptomus sp., 2, 105, f.

Diatomaceous rock in S. Qd., 1, 59
Dicksonia in Qd., 12, 44, f.

Dinoura apiomorphae, n. sp., 11, 16
Diplazium cordifolium, n. rec., 10, 96, f.

Dipteris conjugota, n. rec., 11, 85, f.

Diurus sulphurea, 4, 41, f.

Dodonaea rupicolo, n. sp., 6 , 1 3
Doodia in Aust., 11, 23, f.

Dosinia nitens, n. rec., 2, 45
Dove, peaceful, 2, 129, f.

Dragoon bird, 1, 221
Duboisia myoporoides, 1, 104
Duke of York Is., plants of, 2, 133
Dunk 1., fungi from, 7, 49
Dunwich, birds of, 2, 128

— , mosquitoes of, 14, 9

— , orchids of, 14, 12

— , report on Easter exc., 1948, to, 14, 8

Ecology. See also Plant communities. Plants, Vegetation.

— of littoral fauna and flora of Caloundra, 2, 53

— , plant, of Palm I., 7, 51, 68, 87; 8, 24
Eight Mile Plains, birds of, 8, 1 1

Elimbah, plants of, 6 , 14
Endiandra insignis, fruits of, 1, 196
Endogone macrocarpa, n. rec., 15, 45, f.

England, Cretaceous deep sea deposits of, 11, 134
Engraver, stone, a microlithic mounted, 12, 83, f.

Enoggera, birds of, 1, 167

— , geology of, 4, 1 06

- water reserve, bird of, 9 , 1 1 2
Entomologist in the interior (S.W. Qd.), 3, 17, 40
Entomology. See also insects.

— for Qd. naturalists, 9 , 22
Epimegastigmus darlingi, n. sp., 11, 105
Erie iiparoides, n. sp., 15, 33, f.

Esk - Somerset Dam district, birds of, 13, 84
Ethnology. See also Anthropology.

Ethnology of Albert R., upper, 11, 43

Eucalypts of Brisbane, 4, 67, 109; 5, 12, 43, 51, 94; 6, 78; 7, 36;

8, 52, 80; 9, 8, 31, 114; 10, 72. f.

Eucalyptus acmenioides, 7, 36, f.

— — var, carnea, 7, 37, f.

— baileyana, 5, 95, f.

— corymbosa, 9 , 31, f.

— crebra, 9 , 8, f.

— curtisii, 7, 91; 10, 72, f.;15, 48, f.

— eugenioides, 6 , 80, f.

— hemiphloia, 5, 52, f.

— leaves as tobacco, 6 , 21

— maculata, 5, 12, f.

— melanophloia, 8 , 52, f.

— micrantha, 5, 14, f.

— microcorys, 6 , 81, f.

— oils, 7, 42

— poniculata, 8 , 80, f.

94

— papuQna, drought resistance of, 8, 1 3

— planchoniana, 5 , 94, f.

— propinquQ, 5, 44, f.

— resinifera, 6 , 78, f.

— saiigna, 4 , 109, f.

— seeana, 5 , 51, f.

— siderophloia, 8 , 53, f.

— tereticornis, 5 , 43, f.

— tessellaris, 4, 112, f.

— trachyphloia, 9 , 114, f,

— umbra, 7 , 38, f.

Euchrysops cnejus cnidus, 12 , 51; 13 , 79; 14 , 17
Eugenia cyanocarpa, n. rec., 2 , 67
Eulepis sempronius, 2 , 64
Eupelmus fuligispina, n. sp., 11, 22

— grayi brevicinctus, n. ssp., 11 , 19

— mawsoni solis, n. ssp., 10 , 76

— scarabael, n. sp., 10 , 75
Euphrasia bella, n. sp., 12 , 88, f.

Euporismus albatrox, 4 , 78

Euri Ck., mollusca of, 2 , 45
Eurycus cressida cressida, 6 , 57, f.

Eutermes magnus, association with fungus, Podaxis pistillaris,14, 120, f.
Evolutionary thought, modern, 2, 8
Exhibition, Natural History, report on, 2, 90

Fairy rings in colonies of blue-green algae, 15, 46, f.

Fauna. See also Animals, Arthropoda, Bandicoot, Bilbi, Birds, Centipedes,
Corals, Death adder. Fish, Goanna, Insects, Koala, Life forms. Lizard,
Mammals, Marsupials, Mollusca, Monitor, Monotremes, Oyster,
Peripatus, Phascogale, Rabbits, Rats, Rhizopoda, Rotifers, Shells,
Shrimps, Slugs, Snakes, Tortoise, Turtle, Vertebrates and Water bears.

— , littoral, of Caloundra, 2 , 53

— of Lamington National Park, 10 , 50
Fern collecting, 2 , 30

— , filmy, a new, from N. Qd., 11, 126, f.

— ■ records, new, 10 , 96, f.; 11 , 85, f.

Ferns (Cyclophorus), 10, 45, f.

— , rasp (Doodia), of Aust., 11, 23, f.

— , shield (Polystichum), 10 , 66, f.

— , tree, of Qd., 12 , 40, f.

Fern world, Cairns, glimpses of, 1, 60

Ferny Grove bora ring, 8 , 64

Fifty years, our [Qd. Nats' Club's] first, 15 , 72

Finch, red-browed, 8 , 30

Fish See also Atherine, Pilchard, and Ichthyological notes.

— , 8 , 40

— at Bulwer, Moreton I., 1, 66

— — Somerset Dam, 13, 88

Fishes, common fresh-water, of S. Qd., key to, 15 , 21, f.

Flaggy Rock and Sarina, N. Qd., forest trees between, 11, 67
Flies, fruit, 7 , 22

— , reaction to carbide, 1, 254
Flindersia oxleyana, 9, 50, f.

Flora. See also Plant communities, Plant ecology, Plants, and Vegetation.

— , littoral, of Caloundra, 2 , 53

— , native, first effective Bill for preservation of, 7 , 93

— of a small tropical island (Duke of York Is.), 2 , 133
Flowers, wild, Qd. (four), 4 , 41, f.

Flycatcher, white-eared, 10 , 37

Fly (Simulium sp.), story of a , 2 , 76, f.

Footprints, Triassic, in Qd., 15, 78

95

Forest, Antarctic beech, an advancing, 10 , 8

— flora, soil, and geological formation, relationship between, 3 , 91

— , lets to the, 13, 7, f.

— trees between Flaggy Rock and Sarina, N. Qd., 11, 67
Fossil alga, 8 , 60

— footprints, 15 , 78

— plant, new, 2, 82

— remains of man, 5 , 35

Fossils, Austn. aboriginal as a collector of, 13 , 100

— at Darra, 7 , 30

— — Petrie's Quarry, 2, 82

— , Cambrian, 7 , 1
Franzenia, n.g., 7 , 31

— irrorata, n. sp., 7 , 32, f.

Franzen, L., obituary, 13 , 18
Fraser I., birds of, 7 , 99
Fringed violet, 3 , 80

Frost, nestling birds and, 7 , 67

Fruit flies, 7 , 22

Fungi from Dunk I., 7 , 49

— — Noosa, 13 , 52

— , interesting, 2 , 80; 3, 37. f.

— , net, 3 , 64, f.

— , Qd., records of, 9 , 44; 10 , 59
Fungus, a piece of, 4 , 33

— on termite mounds, 14 , 120, f.

— parasites from Newmarket, 1 , 181

Gannets, 6 , 1 02; 8 , 54, f.

Garden diary, leaves from a, 11 , 80
Gayndah, birds of, 2, 16
Geaster sp., 3 , 38, f.

Geostrum pectinatum, 14 , 83
Gems, Qd., 2 , 123

Gemstones, Qd., in the Prince's casket, 3, 6, f.

Geological formation, soil, and forest flora, relationship between, 3 , 91

— history, local, 12 , 72

— record, so-called imperfection of, 1 , 125

— sketch map of part of the Moreton district, 13 , 93, f.

— - trip to Moogerah, 1, 222

Geology See also Brisbane Tertiaries, Diatomaceous rock. Fossil, Gems,
Magnesite, Meteoric stones. Palaeontology, Pebbles, Rocks, Streams,
Vent structures, and Volcanoes.

— and physiography of Moreton 1., 4 , 92

— — — — Mt. Isa, 6 , 88

— . Cretaceous deep sea deposits of England and shallow sea deposits of

Libyon desert, 11 , 134

— from pebbles on a garden path, 10 , 83

— of Albert R., upper, 10 , 5; 11 , 45

— — Candle Mtn. district, 7 , 27
— ■ — Canungra, 6 , 73

— ■ — Coolum, 10 , 102

— — Enoggera, 4 , 106

— — Mt. Edwards, 9 , 34

— — Nerang Valley, upper, 9 , 78

— — Noosa district, 13 , 43
— • — • Rosewood, 1, 232

— — Somerset Dam, 13 , 90, f.

— — Stradbroke I., 5 , 91
Gerygone cantator, 10 , 37

Glass House Mts., birds of, 1 , 156; 11 , 127

— — — , centipedes of, 1 , 156

96

— — — , insects of, 1, 153 ‘

— — — , mammals of, 11, 127
, plants of, 1, 119, 154

— — — ^ pond life of, 1 , 155

— — — ^ termites of, 1, 155

— Houses, the name, 1 , 184
Glenoleon franzeni, n. sp., 6 , 11, f.

Glossamia aprion, 2 , 29

Glossopteris in Trias-Jura rocks, 1 , 110

Glow-worms, 9 , 84

Goanna, 10, 12

Goat I., vegetation of, 11 , 94, f.

Gold Ck. reserve, notes on, 1, 120
Gompholobium pinnatum, 4 , 42, f.

Gonifer tricolor, 9 , 88

Gould League of Bird-lovers, amalgamation with, 3, 1
Grasses and grasslands of Petrie district, 11 , 52

— — — — Qd., some features of, 15 , 61

— of Mt. Edwards, 9 , 37
Greosy, big, [butterfly], 6 , 57, f.

— • , little, [butterfly], 6 , 58

Great Barrier Reef. See Barrier Reef.

Gum, blue, 5 , 43, f.

— , cabbage, 5 , 40, f

■ — ■ , flooded, 4 , 1 09, f.

— , grey, 5 , 44, f.

— , — , narrow-leaved, 5 , 51, f.

— , scribbly, 5 , 1 4, f.

— , spotted, 5 , 1 2, f.

— trees, manna from, 3 , 110

— — of Brisbane. See Eucalypts.

Gymnodactylus, 1, 108
Gyrolasella iphigenia, n. sp., 11 , 15

— — hyacinthus, n, ssp., 11, 16

— margiscutellum, n. sp., 11 , 14

Helmholtzia glaberrima, origin of common name of, 3 , 1

Hemiodoecus veitchi, 10 , 80

Henslowia queenslandiae, n. sp., 14 , 62, f.

Heredity, 1 , 267

Hesperilla donnysa icario, 12 , 52

— idothea, 12 , 52

— ornata, 12 , 52
— ■ picta, 12 , 52

Hinchinbrook I., a fauna sanctuary, 7 , 4
Hirneola polytricha, 3 , 38, f.

Hobler, Mrs. M. T., obituary, 5 , 48
Holdaway, E. C., obituary, 13 , 57
Holland, C. W., obituary, 14 , (5) 20
Honeyeater, Lewin, 6 , 1 8
Honeyeaters, Brisbane, 14 , (5) 14, 126
Hoop pine and its allies, 2 , 114, f.

Hymenophyllum white!, n. sp., 11 , 127, f.

Hyperlophus copii, 2 , 30
Hypochrysops apelles, 12 , 17

— delicia delicia, 12 , 17
-r- epicurus, 12, 16

— ignita chrysonotus, 12 , 17

— protogenes miskini, 12, 17
Hypolimnas bolina nerina, 4 , 36, f.

97

r

I
!

I i lalmenus Ictinus, 13, 75

- sp. ? (schroderi ??), 13, 75

i Ichthyological notes, 2, 29

( Ichthyology. See Fish.

, lllidge, R., obituary, 7, 13, f.

I I Insect importation, unusual mode of, 1, 165

— larva [Parnidae], on interesting, 4, 39, f.

. — notes, 4, 78

protective colouring and mimicry, 1, 92

Insects. See also Ants, Ant-lion, Beetles, Borer, Buprestid, Butterflies,
Carabs, Cetonidae, Chalcid wasps. Cicada, Coleoptera, Copepod, Flics,

i | Glow-worms, Lace-wings, Mantis, Mosquitoes, Moth, Neuroptcra,
I Parnidae, Pentatomids, Rhopalocera, Termites, and Tettigids.

— , garden, 1, 276
— of Albert R., upper, 11, 46

Brisbane. See localities and present suburbs immcifiatcly below

followed by (B), and Butterflies,
li — — Bulimba swamps, (B), 1, 58

'■ Bulwer, 1, 63

Caloundra, 8, 78

it Canungra, 6, 77

1 Cedar Ck. and D'Aguilar Ra., 4, 34

— — Glass House Mts., 1, 153

interior (S.W. Qd.), 3, 17, 40

Moreton I., 1, 63; 4, 97, 98

Mt. Edwards, 9, 43

Numinbah, 9, 84

— — river mangrove, 5, 46
— — Rocklea, (B), 1, 123
— — Rosewood, 1, 274

Sandgate, (B), 1, 144

Stradbroke I., 2, 127; 6, 7, 8

wattle trees, 3, 61

— — Wellington Pt., 1, 42
— , photographing flight of, 1, 173
Ironbark, broad-leaved, 8, 53, f.

— , grey, 8, 80, f.

— , narrow-leaved, 9, 8, f.

— , red, 8, 53, f.

— , silver-leaved, 8, 52, f.

Isoplatoides westraliana, n. sp., 11, 16

Jabiru, 1, 255
Jacana, 7, 5

Jackson, G. K., obituary, 12, 56, 79, f.

Jandowoe, birds of, 3, 59
— ' , Rhopalocera of, 3, 23, 48
Jasminum simplicifolium, 9, 1 1 5

■ Kenny, F. H., obituary, 6, 40
, Keperra bora ring, 10, 94, f.

Keppel Bay, Mollusca of, 10, 26
I — ■ — ' , shells of, 9, 109

Koala, open season for, 6, 42, f.

Kookaburra pranks, 3, 101

Lace-wings, 4, 78

Lakes on Stradbroke !., 6, 4

Lamington National Park. See National Park, Lamington.

I Lamprima mandibularis, 3, 29
Laportea gigas, 8, 21, f.

— spp., 15, 66, f.

98

Lepidosperma canescens, n. rec., 12, 91
Lepiota spp., 15, 26, f.

Libyan Desert, shallow sea deposits of, 11, 134
Life forms, some Austn., and their significance, 5, 19
Lincolna, n. g., 11, 103

— aldrovandii, n. sp., 11, 104
Linnaeus and Buffon, 1, 4
Lithothamnion, fossil, n. rec., 8 , 60
Lizard, leaf-tail, 1, 108

— , rate of growth of new tail, 1, 143
Longman, H. A., obituary, 15, 38, f.

Lord, C. E., obituary, 8 , 88

— Howe 1., 3, 25
Lorilet, blue-faced, 4, 1 1 3

Low i., natural history of, 7, 6, f.

Lycaenid butterflies, life-histories of some, 12, 14, 47

— — , two, 13, 75
Lycopodium varium, 12, 32, f.

Lysurus gardneri, 2, 80, f.

— pentagonus, n. comb., 2 , 82, f.

Macrobiocarpy in Austn. plants, 10, 63
Macrozamia denisonii at Tcmborine Mtn., 10, 2
Maesa dependens var. pubescens, 1, 206, f.

— haplobotrys, 1 , 206, f.

Magnesite from near Toowoomba, 1, 32
Malaisia tortuosa, 4, 32

Mallee, Plunkett, 10, 72; 15, 48. t.

Mammals of Glass House Mts., 11, 127
Man, fossil remains of, 5, 35
Mangrove canary, 10, 37

— / 9>'ey/ upper Brisbane R., 6, 83

— , river, insects of, 5, 46
Manna from gum trees, 3, 1 1 0
Mantis, peculior habit of a , 1, 152
Maps: —

Australia, distribution of rabbits in, 4, 14
Brisbane Tertiaries, 1, 28
Goat I., vegetation of, 11, 95
Moreton district, geology of, 13, 93
— — , streams in, 6, 26
Samford - Camp Mtn. district, 14, 27
Victoria Park, Brisbane, 13, 30
Marsdenia araujacea, 12, 54

— flavescens, n. rec., 12, 87

— glandulifera, n. sp., 12, 54

— longilobo, n. rec., 12 , 88
Marsupial reproduction, 8 , 1
Marsupials of Aust., 3, 90

Lamington National Park, 10, 55

Melaleuca viridiflora, 10, 109, f.

Melanie form of Acraea andromacha, 2, 135
Members at Moreton I. camp, 1908, 13, 31. f.

— — Sankey's scrub exc., 1908, 13, 31, f.

Stradbroke 1., Easter camp, 1921, 2, 125, f.

— , list of (1908), 1, 34
Mesastymachus keatsi, n. sp., 11, 21
Mesodina halyzia, n. rec., 1, 63, 77
Meteoric stones, 1, 167

Middens on Stradbroke 1 , 6, 4
Migration and night flying, 8 , 16

— of birds, 2 , 121; 13, 108

— — rufous whistler, 12, 93
Milnesium sp., 3, 28, f.

Mimicry amongst birds, 6, 51

— , insect, 1, 92

— of black-throated butcher-bird, 12, 118
Mistletoe hosts of Lycaenid butterfly larvae, 12, 18
Mistletoes, 3, 39, 58

Modiola striatula, n. rec., 2, 45
Molluscan notes, 10, 26, 61
Mollusca. See also Shells.

— of Bribie I., 2, 35

— — Euri Ck., Bowen, 2, 45

— — ■ Keppel Bay, 10, 26

— — Tampion Beach, near Emu Park, central Qd., 10, 61
Monitor, Gould's, 10, 12

Monotremes, history and habits of, 1, 105
Monsters of the deep, 8 , 40
Moogerah, geological trip to, 1, 222
Morel, a, from Queensland, 15, 65
Moreton Bay, birds of, 3, 4

— — , terns of, 5, 47

— district, geological sketch map of, 13, 93, f.

— I. See also Bulwer, Cowan Cowan.

— — , Atherine from, 4, 95

— — , birds of, 1, 67; 4, 99

— — , butterflies of, 4, 97

— — , Coleoptera of, 4, 98

— — , fish at, 1, 66

— — , geology and physiography of, 4, 92

— — , insects of, 1, 63

— — , plants of, 1, 70; 4, 86

— — , shells of, 1, 70

— — , vertebrates, land, of, 4, 93
Morris, A., obituary, 11, 73
Morton, not Mor(e)ton Bay, 9, 68
Mosquitoes of Dunwich, 14, 9

— — Noosa-Tewantin area, 13, 54

— — Tewantin district, 15, 43, 65
Moth, bag, 5, 36

— (Fam. Schoenobiodae), new species of, 4, 55, f.

Moths, some city, 3, 1 1 2

— , timber, from W. Aust., 1, 164

Mt. Alford, journey of Logan, Cunningham, and Fraser near, 14,

— — , plants of, 14, 35

— Bollow, orchids of, 14, 125

— Coot-tha, birds of, 10, 114

— Edwards, birds of, 9, 40

— — , geology of, 9, 34

— — / grasses of, 9, 37

— — , insects of, 9, 43

— — , plants of, 9, 36

— Isa, physiography and geology of, 6, 88

— Mee, birds of, 1, 186

— Perigian, view from, 10, 108, f.

Murchie's scrub, Rosedale, plants of, 10, 28
Murphy's Ck., birds of, 14, 21

— — , plants of, 14, 21

Murroy and Darnley Is., a visit to, 14, 1 12, f.

Muscideopsis lecanii, n. sp., 10, 76
Mutton birds, 8 , 54, f.

Mycorhizas, 11, 121, f.

Myora, plants of, 2, 67

100

Nacaduba palmyra tasmanica, 12, 50

— perusia parma, 12, 50

National Park, Lamington, birds of, 10, 10, 51, 97

— — , — , fauna of, 10, 50

— — , — , new records of plants from, 12, 85, f.

— — , [ — ] , noteworthy Coleoptera from, 4, 80

— — , — , rare Lycopod from, 12, 32, f.

— — shells of, 3, 32, f.

— Parks, exes, in, 13, 7, f.

Native. See also Aboriginal, Ethnology, and Anthropology.

— companions at Nudgee, 8, 23

— rock shelters of Sydney and Moreton Bay, comparison of, 11, 92
Natural history of Low I., 7 , 6, f.

Naturalist, field, and his place in the community, 14, (5) 8

— , — , ideal of a, 1, 200

— in the Philippines, 5, 53
Naturalists' Club, Field, scope of, 2, 47

— — , — , Toowoomba, 1, 52, 76

— — movement in Qd., brief history of, 5, 73

— — ■ , N. Qd., activities of, 10, 20

— — , Qd., origin and early years of, 13, 26, f., 81

— — , — , first fifty years of, 15, 72
Naturalists, Qd., entomology for, 9, 22
— ■ with Capt. Cook, 5, 83
Naturalist, the photographer, 4, 5
Nature in relentless mood, 10, 77

— notes, 4, 44

— — from the central Dawson R., 9, 64

— , prehistoric, 4, 29
Nature's way and harmony, 8, 66
Nelumbium speciosum, 13, 101
Neodrepta luteotoctella, host plants of, 6, 7
Nerang R., marshlands at mouth of, 1, 1 16

— Valley, upper, geology of, 9, 78

— — , wanderers in, 9, 74

Nerita polita var. aurora, n. rec., 2, 46
Neuroptera, Austn., V., 6, 11, f.; VI., 7 , 31, f.

— , — , new, 13, 114, f.; 14, 17
Neurorthus brunneipennis, n. sp., 7 , 33, f.

New Guinea, Dutch, vegetation of, 13, 13

— — , recent botanical work in, 6, 85
Newmarket, fungus parasites from, 1, 181

— , plants of, 1, 1 77

— , pond life of, 1, 181

New Zealand, natural features of, 4, 51
Night-calling birds, 2, 102, f.

Night-flying birds, 8, 14
Night-singing birds, 1, 41

— native bird, 1, 40, 112
Noddies, white-capped, 6, 104, f.

Noeggerathiopsis tryoni, n. sp., 2, 82
Nooso, birds of, 13, 53

— district, geology of, 13, 43

— , fungi from, 13, 52

— , orchids of, 13, 50

Noosa-Tewantin area, mosquitoes of, 13, 54
Noosa, vegetation of, 13, 47, f.

Northgate, birds of, 1, 162

— Junction, pond life of, 1, 162
Nothofagus moorei, advancing forest of, 10, 8
Notothixos subaureus growing direct on host tree, 5, 35

Nudgee bora ring, 11, 2; 14, 5
Numinbah, insects of, 9, 84

— Valley, birds of, 9, 82
Nympholid butterfly, a, 4, 36, f.

Oberonio iridifolia, 13, 116

— muelleriana, 13, 116
Obituaries: —

Arundell, W., 13, 57
Bailey, F. M^, 2, 38
Bancroft, T. L,, 9, 25, f.

Brenan, J. O'N., 11, 88
CoNedge, W. R., 6 , 93, f.

Franzen, L., 13, 18
Hobler, Mrs. M. T., 5, 48
Holdaway, E. C., 13, 57
lllidge, R., 7, 13, f.

Jackson, G. K., 12, 56, 79, f.

Kenny, F. H., 6 , 40
Longman, H. A., 15, 38, f.

Lord, C. E., 8, 88

Morris, A., 1 1, 73

Petrie, W. R., 11, 74

Richards, H. C., 13, 81

Shirley, J., 3, 87

Skertchly, S. B. J., 5, 64, 70, f.

Sylow, P. G., 10, 16
Tanner, W. M., 4, 81, f.

T ryon, H., 12, 117
Turner, A. J., 13, 119
Wheeler, J., 4, 82, f.

White, C. T., 14, 43, f.

Ogyris oroetes, 2, 104

Omphalea queenslandiae, 10, 42

Opopsitta coxeni, 4, 1 1 3

"Orange" birds, 6 , 1 8

Orchid, Cooktown, 11, 109

Orchids, native, at wild flower show, 1933, 9, 7

— of Dunwich, 14, 12
Mt. Ballow, 14, 125

— — , Noosa, 13, 50

— — Springbrook district, 15, 53

— — Tamborine Mtn., 3, 53, f.

— , protection of, 14, 5

— , Qd., structure and classification of, 9, 55
Origin of life: a theory, 8, 47
Ornithological history of Qd., 3, 66, f., 93, 115
Ornithologists, Austn., at Qd. Museum, 1910, 3, 126, f.
Ornithology. See Birds.

Oyster, Austn., life history, cultivation and pests of, 6 , 89

Pacific, recent botanical work in the, 6 , 85

— regions, volcanic activity in, 8 , 5
Palaeontology, Qd., progress and needs of, 7, 80
Palm I., plant ecology of, 7, 51, 68, 87; 8, 24
Pandanus "palms", 8 , 55, f.

Paneolus ovatus, 14, (5) 16, f.

Papers, reviews of. See Reviews.

Papilio aegeus aegeus, 6 , 37, f.

— — , large specimen of, 6 , 54

— anactus, 6 , 56, f.

102

— demoleus sthenelus, 6, 55, f.

— eurypylus lycaon, 6 , 48, f.

— fuscus capaneus, 6 , 39, f.

— leosthenes, 6 , 50, f.

— mocleayanus, 6 , 49, f.

— sarpedon choredon, 6 , 47, f.

Popilionidae of Brisbane, 6 , 33, 47, 55. f.

Papuina turner!, n. sp., 3 , 36, f

— fucQta, 3 , 37, f.

Porandra frenchi, 4 , 79

Parasites of pests, some new, 10 , 74
Parasitic flowering plant, a little known, 14 , 66
Pornidae, larva of a, 4 , 39, f.

Paropsis splendidissimus, n. sp., 1, 146
Parrakeet, Coxen's fig, 4 , 1 1 3
Parrot, ground, 8 , 72
Parsonsia induplicata, n. rec., 12 , 87
Passiflora alba, 1, 115
Pebbles on my garden path, 10 , 83
Pentatomids, jealousy in, 1 , 255
Peripatoides leuckarti 11 , 47
Peripatus, 11 , 47; 12 , 12
Peristeranthes, n. g., 15 , 17

— hillii, n. comb., 15 , 17, f.

Petrie district, grasses and grasslands of, 11 , 52
Petrie's quarry, fossils of, 2 , 82
Petrie, W. R., obituary, 11 , 74
Phalacrognathus muelleri, 3 , 29
Phallus multicolor, 3 , 37, f.

Phascogale, brush-tailed, 1 , 62

Pheidole megacephala, naturalization of, 1 , 224

Philippines, a naturalist in the, 5 , 53

Photographer naturalist, the, 4 , 5

Physcus atrithorax, n. sp., 11 , 19

Pigeon, bronzewing, 4 , 72

Pilchard, Austn., 1 , 66

Pine, Bunya, 11 , 6, f.

— , hoop, and its allies, 2 , 114, f.

— tree, effect of phosphate applications on, 11, 125, f.

Pingasa deteriorate, n. rec., 6 , 7

Pisonia forest, 8 , 55, f.

Pitta, noisy, 1 , 221
Plant, a clever, 11 , 87

— colonization of Southport sand spit, 15 , 29

— communities of Coolum, 10 , 106, f.

— distribution, the sun and, 6 , 58

— ecology. See also Plant communities, Plants, and Vegetation.

— — of Palm !., 7 , 51, 68, 87; 8 , 24

— life, subterranean, 11 , 34

Plants. See also Acacias, Botany, Bunya tree, Burny vine, Cedar, Christmas
bells, Eucolypts, Ferns, Flora, Forest, Fringed violet. Fungi, Grasses,
Gum trees. Mangrove, Mistletoes, Mycorhizas, Orchids, Pandanus,
Parasitic, Pine, Pisonia, Plant communities, Plont ecology. Sedges,
Stinging tree. Toadstool, Tree, Vegetation, WoMum, Wattles, Wild
flowers.

— of Albert R., upper, 11, 42

— — Bennett's scrub, (B), 1, 104

— Brisbane. See localities and present suburbs immediately above

and below followed by (B), Acacias, and Eucalypts.

— — Buderim Mtn., 1 , 256; 2 , 67

— — Bulwer, 1 , 70

— — Caloundra, 8, 74

— — Canungra, 6 , 75
Cedar Ck., upper, 8, 41

— — Duke of York Is., 2 , 133

— — Elimbah, 6, 14

— - — Glass House Mts., 1, 119, 154

— — Moreton I., 1 , 67; 4 , 86

— — Mt. Alford, 14 , 35

— — Mt. Edwards, 9 , 36

Murchie's scrub, Rosedale, 10 , 28

— — Murphy's Ck., 14 , 21

— — Myora, 2 , 67

— — - Newmarket, (B), 1 , 177

— — Sankey's scrub, (B), 1 , 56

— — Stradbroke 1., 2 , 67, 124

— — Tamborine Mtn., 2 , 23

— — Tasmania, 8 , 38

— — Wellington Pt., 1, 43
Playgrounds and bowers, 2 , 1 1 7
Plover, black“breasted, 9 , 88

Podaxis pistillaris on termite mounds, 14 , 120, f.
Podocarpus spinulosa, n. rec,, 2 , 126
Polyporus portentosus, 4 , 33
Polystichum In Aust., 10 , 66, f.

Pomaderris notata, n. sp., 12 , 85, f.

— queenslandica, n, sp., 14 , 48

Pond and shore life of Currumbin, 1 , 278

— life of Ashgrove, 1, 278

— — — Chelmer swamp, 4 , 57

— — — Glass House Mts., 1, 155

— — — Newmarket, 1, 181

— — — Northgate Junction, 1 , 162
Pond-lifer, jottings of an amateur, 15 , 71
Portulaca bicolor, blue-flowering variety of, 4 , 40
Possum, ring-tailed, eating habit of, 15 , 65
Prasophyllum parvicallum, n. sp., 12 , 52, f.
Prehistoric nature, 4 , 29

Prince's casket, Qd. gemstones in, 3 , 6, f.
Protection Act, native animals and birds, 6 , 84

— of birds, 4 , 19; 6 , 39

— — native fauna and flora, 1 , 173
Protective colouring, insect, 1 , 92

Pseudechis guttatus, cannibalism amongst, 3 , 22
Pseudodipsas cephenes, 12 , 14, 50

— digglesi, 2 , 1 03, f.

— myrmecophila illidgei, 12 , 15
Pseudogerygone cantator, n. sp., 1 , 74

— — , nesting of, 1 , 151
Pseudotaenia ajax, 5 , 42
Psychopsidae, 4 , 78
Pterostylis daintreyana, 12 , 35
— ‘ hildae, n. sp., 10 , 39, f.

— longifolia, n. rec., 12 , 92

— porviflora, 12 , 35

— sp. [off. obtuse], 13 , 56, f.

Pt. Lookout, rock shelters ct, 11 , 94
Pultenaea petiolaris, 1 , 205, f.

— ■ whiteona, n. sp., 14 , 49, f.

Pumice Stone Passage, birds of, 9 , 12
Pyrazus fluviatilis, n. rec., 2 , 46
Pyronemn omphalodes, n. rec., 14 , (5) 18

104

Queensland canary, nesting of, 1, 151

1 ,

Rabbit-bandicoot, a, 3 , 52
Robbits and their introduction, 4 , 7, f.

Rain-bird, 2 , 1 06
Randia moorei, 1, 205, f.

Rats, water, 4 , 1 1 5
Records of Qd. fungi, 9 , 44; 10 , 59
Redcliffe, birds of, 4 , 75
Reproduction, marsupial, 8 , 1
Reviews and notices of books and papers; —

Boker^ R. T. Building and ornamental stones of N. S. Wales, Ed. 2

— & H. G. Smith, A research on the pines of Australia, 1, 19]
Barrett, C., & W. H. Nicholls. Gems of the bush, 8 , 32

Cayley, A. B. An intermediate botany, 9 , 67

Chisholm, A. H. The bird wonders of Aust., 9 , 68; Ed. 3, 14 , 18

— . Strange new world, 12 , 33

— . An explorer and his birds, John Gilbert's discoveries in 1844-45
13, 56

— . Fairy wrens, 13 , 118

— . News from nature, 14 , 18

Dupain, G. Z. Elementary dietetics for the student of domestic science
and the housewife, 11, 134
Francis, W. D. Austn. rain-forest trees, 7, 79

— . The origin, classification and organic relationships of the protein
produced by inorganic ferruginous material, 9 , 1 0

— . The mechanism of the production of protein from inorganic
material by iron: the relationship of the iron bacterium Leptothrix to
nuclear chromosomes, 9 , 66

. Iron as the originol basis of protoplasm: the generation of life in
space ond time, 9 , 1 1 6

— . The origin of the electric potentials of organisms in iron: electro-
magnetic phenomena as the common basis of the physical sciences and
of the life sciences, 10 , 80

Helmsing, I. W., & W. E. China. Life history of Hemiodoecus veitchi
(Fam. Peloridiidae), 10 , 80

Hort, Sir A. The "Critica Botanicc" of Linnaeus. Revised by Miss
M. L. Green, 10 , 124

Hunt, T. E, A census of S. Qd. orchids, 13, 118

Lam, H. J. Frogmenta papuana. Translated by L. M. Perry, 13 , 13

Lydekker, R., Sir H. Johnston, & Prof. Ainsworth. Harmsworth's natural
history, Pt. 1, 1 , 157

Montcrieff, R. A. The fiddler of the gorge, 14 , 126

N. Qd. Naturalists' Club. Check list of N. Qd. orchids, 13 , 19- Ed 2
14 , (5) 19 ' • ^

— . Check list of N. Qd. ferns, 13 , 57

— . List of birds occurring in N. Qd,, 14 , 19

Palastrier, C. M. le. The story of our plants; first steps in Austn.
botany, 8 , 32

Pescott, E. E. The orchids of Viet., 7 , 50

Rupp, H. M. R. The orchids of N. S. Wales, 12 , 120

Stead, D. G. Giants and pigmies of the deep, 9 , 9

Waterhouse, G. A. What butterfly is that, 8 , 65

White, C. T. An elementary text book of Austn. forest botany, 4, 26

— . Principles of botany for Qd. farmers, 10 , 99
Rhadinocentrus ornatus, 4, 95

Rhizopoda of Stradbroke I., 2 , 69
— , testaceous, of Brisbane, 2 , 110, f.

Rhizopogon roseolus in association with roots of Pinus taeda, 11 , 124, f.
Rhopalocera of Jandowoe district, 3 , 23, 48
S. Qd., 2 , 86

Richards, H. C., obituary, 13, 81
Richardsonia stellaris, n. rec., 1, 116
Robin, rose, 10, 14

— , white-faced, 3, 73, f.

Rocklea, insects of, 1, 123
Rock shelters, native, 11, 92
Rocks, notes on, 14, 30, 77
Roentgen or X-rays, 7 , 62

Root-systems of some W. Qd. plants, 14, 52, f.

Rosedale, Murchie's scrub, plants of, 10, 28
Rosewood, geology of, 1, 232

— , insects of, 1, 274

Rotifer actinurus neptunius, 3, 111, f.

— , a new, 4, 1 1 6

— , a telescoping, 3, 1 1 1 , f.

— , a wonderful, 3, 50, f.

Rotifers, Antarctic, 1, 172

— , cannibalistic, 1, 193

— , notes on, 1, 33, 52

— of Chelmer swamp, 4, 57

Rules, alteration of, 1, 1, 79; 2, 40; 7 , 57; 11, 76; 14, (5) 2

— , revision of, 5, 67

Rule, suspension of for 1910, 1, 115
Running Ck., Arthropoda of, 12, 12

— — , birds of, 12, 13

— — , report on exc. to, 12, 2

— — , vegetation of, 12, 4, f.

Saccodomus formivorus, 15, 15, f.

Saccolabium tierneyanum, n. sp., 12, 18, f.

— virgatum, n. sp., 15, 50, f.

Saissetio hemisphaerica, new host for, 15, 60
Samford, birds of, 14, 25, f.

Sandgate, birds of, 1, 144; 4, 50; 10, 37

— , insects of, 1, 144
Sankey's scrub, birds of, 1, 56

— — , plants of, 1, 56
Sarcochilus falcatus, 3, 55, f.

Sarina and Flaggy Rock, N. Qd., forest trees between, 11, 67
Sedges of Bottle Ck., Port Curtis district, 9 , 90
Shells. See also Mollusca.

— of Bulwer, Moreton I., 1, 70

— of Keppe! Bay, 9 , 1 09

— — ■ [Lamington] National Pork, 3, 32, f.

— — Tamborine Mtn., 2, 37
Sherwood Forest Park, 7 , 2
Shirley, J., obituary, 3, 87
Shrimps, shower of, 1, 216

Sierra Leone, dug-out canoe from, 12, 81, f.

Silviculture in Qd., 11, 77
Simulium sp., 2, 76, f.

Siphonluridae, n. rec., 11,46

Sirex gigas, unusual mode of importation of, 1, 165
Skertchly, S. B. J., obituary, 5, 64, 70, f.

Skipper (butterfly), common, 6, 10, f.

Skippers, notes on some, 12, 47
Slugs, two introduced, 2, 87
Snake, Children's Liasis, 1, 110

— , climbing habits of a , 2, 68

— , sea, giant, 8, 60

Snakes, cannibalism amongst, 3, 22
Snipe, 9 , 1 7

106

Soil, forest flora, and geological formation, relationship between, 3, 91

Soils, modern study of, 7, 44

Somerset Dam - Esk district, birds of, 13, 84

— — , fish at, 13, 88

, geology of, 13, 90, f.

— — , vegetation at, 13, 94
Song of rufous whistler, 12, 93

— — Thopha saccatQ [a Cicada], 1, 229
Southport sand spit, plant colonizotion of, 15, 29
Spider, the basket nest, 15, 15, f.

Spirogyra, the Qd., 1, 96, f.

Spodoptera mauritia, life history of, 1, 146
Springbrook district, orchids of, 15, 53
Stanley River - Somerset Dam, fish at, 11, 88
Stellaria flaccida, n. rec., 12, 85
Stigmodera, 4, 96

Stilbopteryx brocki, n. sp., 13, 114, f.; 14, 17

— costalis, 13, 1 1 8, f.

Stinging tree, large-leaved or giant, 8 , 21, f.

— trees, Austn., 15, 66, f,

Stradbroke 1. See also Amity Pt., Dunwich, Myora, and Pt. Lookout.
, birds of, 2, 128; 3, 107; 4, 23, 43; 5, 38; 6, 4, 17

— — ■ , butterflies of, 6, 8
, geology of, 5, 91

— — , insects of, 2, 127; 6, 7

— — , lakes on, 6, 4

— — , middens on, 6, 4

— — , notes on, 5, 90

— — , orchids of, 14, 12
■ — — ■ , plants of, 2, 124

— — , Rhizopoda of, 2, 69
Streams and their past, 6, 24, f.

Stringybark, Bailey's 5, 95, f.

— ■ , Planchon's 5, 94, f.

— , red, 6, 78, f.

— , rough, 5, 94, f.

— , white, 6, 80, f.

— , yellow, 7, 36, 37, 38
Styphlolepis hypermegas, 4, 55, f.

Subterranean plant life, 11, 34
Sun and plant distribution, 6, 58
Sunnybank, birds of, 6, 50

Supella supellectillium, n. rec., 4, 1 1 5
Surf, algal pollution of, in S. Qd., 14, 123
Swallows, welcome, 4, 76
Swift, spine-tailed, and its food, 1, 38, 112
Sylow, P. G., obituary, 10, 16

Taeniochorista pallida, 7, 73
Taeniophyllum in Qd., 14, 127
Tallow-wood, 6, 81, f.

Tamborine Mtn., 1, 46

— — , orchids of, 3, 53, f.

— — , plants of, 2, 23
■ — ■ — ■ , shells of, 2, 37

Tam o' Shanter Pt. and Rockingham Bay, 3, 69, f.

Tampion Beach, near Emu Park, central Qd., Mollusca of, 10, 61
Tanner, W. M., obituary, 4, 81, f.

Tardigrade, 3, 28, f.

Tasmania, botanising In, 8 , 38
Taxonomy, horizons of, 15, 7
Tecoma hillii, 2, 99, f.; 3, 16

107

Telicota anisodesma, 12 , 51

Termite mounds, fungus on, 14 , 120, f.

Termites of Gloss House Mts., 1 , 155
Terns, crested, 6 , 104, f.

— of Moreton Boy, 5 , 47
Tern, white-winged block, 5 , 47
Tertiories, Brisbane, 1 , 28, f., 50
Tetrostichus polgrovel, 11 , 21
Tettigids swimming, 1 , 254
Tewontin-Nooso area, mosquitoes of, 13 , 54
Tewantin district, mosquitoes of, 15 , 43
Thalotia tricingulata, n. rec., 2 , 45
Theclinesthes scintillata, 12 , 51
Theristriella, n. g., 7 , 34

— stigma, n. sp., 7 , 35, f.

Thopha saccata, song of, 1 , 229
Thyridopteryx herrichii, 5 , 36
Thysanotus tuberosus, 3 , 80

Toadstool, can I eat that, 14 , (5) 16; 15 , 26. f.

Tobacco, Eucalyptus leaves as, 6 , 21
Todea in Qd., 12 , 46
Toowong, birds of, 12 , 62
Toowoomba, magnesite from near, 1 , 32

— municipal quarry, vent structures and jointing of, 2 , 94
Tortoise, long-necked, egg-laying of, 6 , 66

Tropezites eliena, aberration in, 6 , 10, f.

Tree, Bunya, romance of the, 11, 4, f.

Tree-ferns of Qd.,12, 40, f.

Tree growths, two compound, 14 , 84, f.

Trees, big, 10 , 2

— , forest, between Flaggy Rock and Sarina, N. Qd., 11 , 67

— of Canberra, 9 , 95

— — southern gordens, 8 , 61

— , vertical growth of, 5 , 41, f
Triassic footprints in Qd., 15 , 78
Trichaulax marginipennis, life history of, 2 , 50
Trichopeltula sp., 15 , 36, f.

Tristania conferta, variegated form of, 3, 14

— pachysperma, n. comb., 14 , 56
Trochosphaera equatorialis, 3, 50, f.

Troides priamus richmondius, 6 , 34, f.

Tryon, H., obituary, 12 , 117
Turner, A, J., obituary, 13 , 119
Turtle life of Capricorn Is., 5 , 82

Vanda whiteana, n, sp., 14 , 57, f., 82
Varanus gouldiae, 10 , 12

Vegetation. See also Flora, Plant communities, Plant ecology, and Plants.

— at Somerset Dam, 13, 94

■ — of Dutch New Guinea, 13 , 13

— — Goat I. and Bird I., Moreton Bay, 11 , 94, f.

Noosa, 13, 47, f.

— ■ — Running Ck., 12 , 4, f.

Vent structures and jointing of municipal quarry, Toowoomba, 2 , 94
Vertebrates, land, of Moreton I., 4 , 93
Victoria Park, Brisbane, birds of, 13 , 34, f.

Volcanic activity in Pacific regions, 8 , 5
Volcanoes, 9 , 1 03

Wallum flats, 10, 108, f.

Warbler, mangrove, 10 , 37
Water bears, 3 , 28, f.

108

Wattles of Brisbane, 12 , 107
Wattle trees, insects of, 3 , 61
Weather, influence of the sun on, 6 , 41
Wellington Pt., insects of, 1, 42

— — , plants of, 1, 43

West Aust., notes on a visit to, 2 , 24
Wheeler, J., obituary, 4 , 82, f.

Whistler, rufous, song and migration of, 12 , 93
White, C. T., lecture, 14 , (5) 19

— , — , obituary, 14 , 43, f.

Wild flowers, [four] Qd., 4 , 41, f.

Wind-shear, low scrub showing, 10 , 108, f.

Women, contribution to botany of some, 8 , 34
Wood, cycad, for brake-blocks, 5, 30
Woogaroo scrub, birds of, 7 , 78

Wrens of Brisbane, 2 , 87

Xanthcrrhoea arborea in Antarctic beech forest, 10 , 9
X-rays, Roentgen or, 7 , 62
Xyleutes cinerea, 5, 1 1

Xylopsocus gibbicollis boring into lead, 6 , 53

Yellow-wood trees, 9 , 50, f.

Zachobiella submarginato, n. sp., 7 , 33, f.
Zamenhofella, n. g., 11 , 132

— voitai, n. sp., 11, 133

Zizeeria (Chilades) trochilus putli, 12 , 51

AUTHOR-INDEX.

Aberdeen, J. E. C. Can I eat that toadstool? 14, (5) 16; 15, 26. f.
Alexander, W. B. The earliest descriptions of Austn. animals, 4, 107

— Birds observed during Camp Mtn. exc.. May, 1925, 5, 31

— Notes on the bird-life of Amity Pt., Stradbroke I., Easter exc., 1925,

5, 38

— Address to members, 5, 84

— See Mayo, Mrs. W. M., G. H. Barker, & — .

Archibald, M. An unusual occurrence of a blue-green alga, 15, 71

Bage, F, The Field Naturalists' Club - its scope and possibilities, 2 , -47
Barker, G. H. Notes on a visit to Gold Ck. reserve. Sept., 1909, 1, 120

— A few impressions of the birds of Northgate, Aug., 1910, 1, 162

— List of birds seen at Enoggera, Sept., 1910, 1, 167

— Some night-calling birds, 2 , 102, f.

— Among the birds of Redcliffe, 4, 75

— Welcome swallows, 4, 76

— Sunnybank exc., Aug., 1927. Report on ornithology, 6 , 50

— Canungra exc., Easter, 1928. Birds, 6 , 76

— Notes on some night-flying birds, 8 , 14

— Upper Cedar Ck. exc., Easter, 1932. Birds observed, 8 , 44

— A few bird notes, 8 , 45

— Birds of Caloundra. Easter exc., 1933, 8 , 75

— Native orchids at the wildflower show. Sept., 1933, 9 , 7

— Mt. Edwards exc., Easter, 1934. Bird notes, 9 , 40

— Numinbah Valley exc., Easter, 1935. Bird notes, 9 , 82

— Report on the exc. to Enoggera water reserve, Oct., 1935, 9 , 1 1 2

— Upper Albert R., Lamington National Park, Easter exc., 1936. Birds,

10 , 10

109

— Bird notes. Ashgrove, near the One-tree Hill summit, July exc., 1936,

10, 38

— Migration of birds, 13, 108

— Obituary [Charles William Holland], 14, C5) 20

— See Mayo, Mrs. W. M., — , & W. B. Alexander.

— & H. G. Barnard. Birds recorded at Canungra, Easter exc., 1930,

7, 96

— & N. Jock. Report on birds seen at Running Ck., Easter exc., 1941,

12, 13

Barnard, H. G. Birds of the Cape York region, N. Qd., 6, 94

— Notes on the economic value (or otherwise) of some of our diurnal birds

of prey, including crows, 8, 7

— Observations on the disappearance, and probable cause, of many of

our native birds In centrol Qd., 9, 3

— See Borker, G. H., & — .

Bates, G. Some notes on Dendrobium phalaenopsis, the Cooktown orchid,

11, 109

Bennett, G. F. A few notes on the history and habits of the Monotremes,
1, 105

Berney, F. L. Gould's monitor (Varanus gouldiae), 10, 12
Bernhard, H. F. (or H. J.).- Central Qd., Easter, 1935. A shell collecting
trip in Keppel Bay, 9, 109

— Molluscan notes, 10, 26, 61

Bick, E. W. Canberra, the Austn. copital city, and its trees, 9, 95
Bloke, J. R. New locality for Plunkett mallee (Eucalyptus curtisii Blakely
& White), 15, 48, f.

Blake, S. T. The plant communities in the neighbourhood of Coolum, 10,
106, f.

— The grasses and grasslands of the Petrie district, 11, 52

— The vegetation of Goat 1. and Bird I. in Moreton Bay, 11, 94, f.

— The vegetation of Running Ck. valley, S.E. Qd., and some neighbouring

areas, 12, 4, f.

— Deserts, 12, 24

— Plants in the Lamington National Park not previously recorded for Qd.,

12, 85, f.

— The vegetation of Nooso, 13, 47

— The vegetation of the country surrounding Somerset Dam, 13, 94

— A new species of Pultenaea from S.E. Qd., 14, 49, f.

— Some features of the grasses and grasslands of Qd., 15, 61

— See Herbert, D. A., & — .

Bleakly, M. C., & E. M. Grant. Key to the common fresh-water fishes of
S. Qd., 15, 21, f.

Bradtke, W. The flora of a small tropical island, 2, 133
Brenan, J. O'N. Bird notes. Goodna and Woogaroo scrub, upper Brisbane
R., June exc., 1930, 7, 78

Brimblecombe, A. R. Observations on the Insects of Caloundra. Easter exc.,
1933, 8. 78

— Obituary [L. Franzen], 13, 18

Brown, H. A peculiar habit displayed by the mantis, Archimantis latistylus
(Serviile), 1, 152

Bryan, W. H. The modern aspect of the study of soils, 7, 44

— Volcanoes, 9, 1 03

— The pebbles on my gorden path, 10, 83
Burtt, F. Fern collecting, 2, 30

Chisholm, A. H. Courtship among birds, 2, 83, f.

— Bowers and playgrounds, 2, 1 1 7

— Some Stradbroke [I.] birds, 2, 128, f.

— Bird seeking in Qd., or the ornithological history of Qd., 3, 66, f.,

93, 115

— & C. T. White. The late Dr. Shirley, 3, 87

no

Clarke, H. Let's to the forest, 13 , 7, f.

— & D. Grimes. Nerang Valley, Easter exc., 1935. The wanderers, 9 , 74
Cock, H. M. A flight of butterflies, 11, 88

Colledge, W. R. Notes on Rotifera, 1 , 33, 52

— Glass House Mts. exc., April/May, 1910. Pond life, 1, 155

— Northgate Junction exc., Aug., 1910. Report on pond life, 1, 162

— Newmarket exc., Oct., 1910. Report on pond life, 1 , 181

— The ideal of a field naturalist, 1 , 200

— Currumbin exc. Report on pond and shore life, 1 , 278

— Ashgrove exc., Oct., 1912. Report on pond life, 1 , 278

— The story of a little fly [Simulium sp.], 2 , 76

— An interesting copepod, 2 , 1 05, f.

— Water bears or Tardigrade, 3 , 28, f.

— A wonderful rotifer, 3 , 50, f.

— A telescoping rotifer, 3 , 1 1 1, f.

— An interesting insect larva, 4 , 39, f.

— ■ Notes on rotifers and some of the life in the Chelmer swamp, 4 , 57
Colliver, F. S. The field naturalist and his place in the community, 14 ,
(5) 8

— Triassic footprints in Qd., 15 , 78

Comrie-Smith, Mrs. An account of the R.A.O.U. exc. to Biggenden and
camp out at Fraser I., Oct., 1930, 7, 99

— Bird notes. Eight Mile Plains, Oct., 1931, 8 , 11

— Bird notes from Binna Burra, Lamingron National Park, 10 , 97
Cribb, A. B. Algal pollution of surf in S. Qd., 14 , 123

— Plant colonization of the Southport sand spit, 15, 29

— A record of Trichopeltula sp. in Qd., 15 , 38, f.

— Fairy rings in colonies of blue-green algae, 15, 46, f.

— A morel from Qd., 15 , 65

Cribb, Mrs. J. W. An occurrence of Endogone macrocarpa in Qd., 15 , 45, f.

— Eating habit of a ring-tailed possum, 15 , 65

— See also Herbert, J. W.

Curtis, Mrs. H. The red-browed finch (Agintha temporalis), 8 , 30

— See also Geissmann, H.

Curtis, Mrs. S. Water rats, 4, 1 1 5

— Notes on egg-laying of the long-necked tortoise (Chelodina longicollis),

6 , 66

Dick, W. D. The life history of the cupid blue (Euchrysops cnejus cnidus
Waterhouse & Lyell), 13, 79

— A further note on the cupid blue butterfly, 14 , 17

Dovey, L. G. Notes on the sedges (Fam. Cyperaceae) found in the Bottle
Ck section of the Baffle Ck. catchment area. Port Curtis district,
9 , 90

— Botanical notes from Rosedale. An exc. to Murchie's scrub (Oct.,

1935), 10 , 28

Duke, M. M. Fungi from Dunk I., N. Qd., 7 , 49

Dunn C O Report on the orchids of the Springbrook district, Easter,

'1955,15, 53

Dunstan, B. Qd. gemstones in the Prince's casket, 3, 6, f.

Esben-Petersen, P. Australian Neuroptera, V., 6 , 11, f.; VI., 7 , 31, f.
Everist, S. L. Botany of Mt. Edwards and district. Notes on the grasses,
9, 37

— Notes on some plants of W. Qd., 14 , 52, f.

Filmer, I. G. The birds of Victoria Park, Brisbane, 13 , 34, f.

Flicker H N Od — a naturalists' paradise. The activities of the

n! Qd. Naturalists' Club, 10 , 20
Francis, W. D. The hoop pine and its allies, 2 , 114, f.

The forest trees between Flaggy Rock and Sarina, N. Qd., 11, 67

— A change of name for a timber tree of the rain-forest of tropical Qd.,

14 , 56

— Australion Stinging trees, 15 , 66, f.

Franzen, L. Two rare butterflies, 2 , 103, f.

— > A butterfly of melanic form, 2 , 135, f.

— Note on the genus Stigmodera, 4 , 96

— List of butterflies collected or observed during Easter exc. to Moreton I.,

1924, 4, 97

— Notes on a few entomological captures at Stradbroke I., Easter, 1926,

6, 7

— A remarkable aberration in a common butterfly, 6, 10, f.

— Canungra exc., Easter, 1928. List of butterflies captured or observed,

6, 77

Gaukrodger, D. W. Spotted bower-birds at home, 3 , 81, f.

Geissmann, H. Orchids of a subtropical highland, 3 , 53, f.

— Bird life at Cowan Cowan, Moreton Is., Easter, 1924, 4 , 99

— See also Curtis, Mrs. H.

Gillies, C. D. A note on some freshwater Rhizopoda from Stradbroke I.,
Moreton Bay, 2 , 69

— ■ The testaceous Rhizopoda of the Brisbane district, 2 , 110, f,

Girault, A. A. Notes on the habits of a few insects, 1 , 254

— Descriptions of a few new parasites of pests, Austn. mostly, 10 , 74

— Descriptions of some chalcid wasps, 11 , 14

— Three new Chalcidoidea from Aust., 11 , 103

— A new genus of Qd. Chalcidoidea, 11, 132
Goddard, E. J, Presidential address, 5, 5

— Some Austn. life forms and their significance [Presidential Address

contd.], 5 , 1 9

Goy, D. A. Austn. ferns of the genus Cyclophorus, 10, 45, f.

— Shield ferns. The genus Polystichum in Aust., 10 , 66, f.

— A new fern record for Qd.,10, 96, f.

— The rasp ferns of Aust., 11, 23, f.

— A new fern record for Qd., 11 , 85, f.

— A new filmy fern (Hymenophyllum) from N. Qd., 11 , 126, f.

— The tree-ferns of Qd., 12 , 40, f.

Green, L. C., & A. T. blockings. Notes on specimens of magnesite from
near Toowoomba, Qd., 1 , 32
Grimes, D. See Clarke, H., & — .

Hamilton, R. C. Notes on a geological trip to Moogerah, near Cunning-
ham's Gap, 1, 222

Harley, K. L. S. Avifauna of the Esk - Somerset Dam district, 13 , 84

— Birds observed in the Camp Mt. - Samford district, 14 , 25, f.

— A pied currawong in the city, 14 , 84

Hawken, M. What's that? — Some uncommon birds seen recently, 15 , 77
Hayes, H. C. Further notes on mistletoes, 3 , 58
— ' Kookaburra pranks, 3 , 101

Herbert, D. A. A naturalist in the Philippines, 5, 53

— The sun and plant distribution, 6 , 58

— ' Canungra, Easter exc., 1928. Botanical notes, 6 , 75

— The plant ecology of Palm I., N. Qd., 7 , 51, 68, 87; 8 , 24

— Records of Qd. fungi, 9 , 44; 10 , 59

— An advancing Antarctic beech forest, 10 , 8

— Subterranean plant life, 11 , 34

— Upper Albert R. and National Park, Easter exc., 1939. Botanical

notes, 1 1, 42

— Cyril Tenison White, 14 , 43, f.

— The Brisbane Botanic Gardens, 14 , 69

— Heber Albert Longman [Obituary], 15 , 38, f

— & S. T. Blake. A new orchid from N. Qd., 14 , 57, f., 82

112

Herbert, J. W. A new record of a club-fungus, 14, 83

— An occurrence of Geostrum pectinotum Persoon, 14, 83
■ — A Pyronema from Qd., 14, (5) 18

— Podoxis pistilioris, a fungus growing on termite mounds, 14, 120, f.

— See also Cribb, Mrs. J. W.

Higgins, R. L, The photographer naturalist, 4, 5

Hill, D. Notes on the geology of the Noosa district, 13, 43

— Note on the geology of Somerset Dam, 13, 90, f.

Hobler, Mrs. F. H, (M.T.). From a bush window, 3, 59

— Why the birds should be protected, 4, 19

— Nature notes, 4, 44

— Coleoptera found on Moreton Easter exc., 1924, 4, 98

— A beautiful Buprestid (Coleoptera), 5, 42

— Jabiru (Xenorhynchus asiaticus), 1, 255

— Frog-eating carabs, Catadromus lacordairei, 2, 132
Hocklngs, A. T. See Green, L. C., & — .

Holland, C. W. Rabbits and their introduction into Aust., 4, 7, f.

— A clever plant, 11, 87

— The late Henry Tryon, 12, 117

— Origin and early years of the Qd. Naturalists' Club, 13, 26, f., 81

— A plea for the native birds, 14, 80
Holland, M. G. A chat about birds, 12, 62, f.

— Birds of Noosa. Easter exc., 1946, 13, 53
— - Ancient bird-lore, 13, 63

House, Mrs. M. Nature notes from the central Dawson R., 9, 64

— The black-breasted plover (Gonifer tricolor), 9, 88
Hull, G. W. M. A night-singing native bird, 1, 40, 1 12
Hulsen, R. Heredity, 1, 267

Hunt, T. E. Notes on the orchids at Noosa Heads, Easter exc., 1946,
13, 50

— Orchids noted at Dunwich, Easter exc., 1948, 14, 12

— A new species of Dendrobium from N. Qd., 14, 60, 82

— Orchids of the Mt. Ballow area, 14, 125

— On the genus Taeniophyllum in Qd., 14, 127

— A proposed new genus [Peristeranthus] of the family Orchidoceoe, 15,

17, f.

- — A new Eria from N. Qd., 15, 33, f.

— A new orchid [Saccolabium virgatum] from S. Qd., 15, 50, f.

— & R. A.. Two compound tree growths, 14, 84, f.

lllidge, R. Notes on insects of the Wellington Pt. district, 1, 42
■ — Insects collected In one day (21st June, 1908) in the Bulimba Swamps,
near the Brisbane R., 1, 58

— Glass House Mts. exc., April/May, 1910. Entomology, 1, 153

— Timber moths from W. Aust. (Charagia nobilis and C. scripta), 1, 164

— African orange tip butterflies, 1, 165

— Notes on the dragoon bird (Pitta strepitans Temm.),l, 221

— Notes on some insects from Rosewood, 1, 274

— Anostostoma australasiae G. R. Gray, 1, 275

— Odd notes on some insects from the garden, 1, 276

— Notes on a visit to W. Aust., 2, 24

Life history of Trichaulax marginipennis, and notes on other Cetonidae,

etc., 2, 50

— Eulepis (Charaxes) sempronius, 2, 64

— Notes on two butterflies of the genus Delias, 2, 79

— Rhopalocera of S. Qd., 2, 86

— Wrens of the Brisbane district, 2, 87

— Predaceous ground beetles, 2, 97

Channel-bill or rain-bird (Scythrops novae-hollandiae), 2, 106

. — Insects of the island [Stradbroke !.], 2, 127

Rhopalocera of the Jandowae district of the Darling Downs, 3, 23, 48

— TwC notoble beetles, 3, 29

113

— Insects of the wattle-trees, 3, 61

— Birds of Stradbroke I., 3, 107

— Some city moths, 3, 1 12

— A piece of fungus, Polyporus portentosus, 4 , 33

— Insects and birds observed during Cedar Ck. and D'Aguilor Ra. exc..

May, 1923, 4 , 34

— Notes on the Nymphalid butterfly, Hypolimnas bolina nerino Fabr.,. 4 ,

36, f.

— Notes on a new species of moth, Fam. Schoenobiadae, 4 , 55, f.

— Notes on the bronzewing pigeon, 4 , 72

— Insect notes, 4 , 78

— The blue-faced lorilet, also called Coxen's fig parrakeet (Opopsitta

coxeni Gould), 4 , 1 1 3

— Notes accompanying exhibits, 5, 11, 32, 45

— Note accompanying exhibit of a bag-moth (Thyridopteryx herrlchii)

case forwarded by Mr. C. McKenzie, Yalebone Ck., via Roma, 5, 36

— Insects of the river mangrove (Aegiceras majus), 5 , 46

— Notes on Stradbroke I., 5, 90

— Some recent avian visitors at Bulimba, Brisbane R., 6 , 9

— Brisbane butterflies of the family Papilionidae, 6 , 33, 47, 55, f.

— See Tryon, H., & — .

— & H. Tryon. Bulwer, Moreton I., Sept, exc., 1908. Entomology, 1, 63

Jack, N. Birds at Bald Knob, Blackall Ra., May exc., 1935, 9, 85

— Rose robin, 10, 14

— Ornithology of the Mt. Coot-tha Reserve, Taylor Ra., 10, 114

— Some birds and mammals of the Glass House Mts. district, 11, 127

— The rufous whistler - some notes on song and migration, 12, 93

— Some Brisbane honeyeaters, 14, (5) 14, 126

— See Barker, G. H., & — .

Jackson, G. K. Botany of Easter exc. to Upper Cedar Ck., 1932, 8, 41

— Botany of Caloundra. Easter exc., 1933, 8 , 74

— The Keperra bora ring, 10, 94, f.

— Upper Albert R. and National Park, Easter exc., 1939. Ethnological

notes, 11, 43

— • Comparison of native rock shelters of Sydney and Moreton Bay, 11, 92

— Notes on the Cretaceous deep sea deposits of England and the shallow

sea deposits of the Libyan desert, 11, 134

— Dug-out canoe from Rokell R., Sierra Leone, W. Africa, 12, 81, f.
Jackson, G. L. Leaves from a garden diary, 11, 80

Jarvis, E. Notes on insect protective colouring and mimicry, with some
Austn. examples, 1, 92

— Notes on the life history of Spodoptera mauritia (Boisd.) Hampson,

1, 146

— Notes on the song of Thopha saccata, 1, 229

— See Tryon, H., & — ■ .

Johnston, T. H. Ecological notes on the littoral fauna and flora of
Caloundra, Qd., 2, 53

Kenny, F. H. Bird life about Gayndah, 2, 16

Kunze, F. V. Jottings of an amateur pond-lifer, 15, 71

Langdon, R. F. N. Notes on some fungi found at Noosa, 13, 52
Ledward, C. P. See Smales, M., & — .

Longman, H. A. Modern evolutionary thought, 2, 8

— Note on climbing habits of a snake, 2, 68

— A death adder's meal, 2, 120
— ■ A Qd. rabbit-bondicoot, 3, 52

— ’ Notes on land vertebrates [of Moreton I.], 4 , 93

— The late Professor S. B. J. Skertchly, 5, 70, f.

— Vale George Kenneth Jackson, 12, 79, f.

1 14

Lord, E. A. R. Cracticus nigrogularis (block-throated butcher-bird) os a
mimic, 1 2 , 1 1 8

— Some birds and plants of Murphy's Ck., 14 , 21

Macqueen, J. Notes on two species of Austn. Lycaenid butterflies, lalmenus
ictinus Hewitson and lalmenus sp.? (schraderi (Feld.) ??), 13 , 75
Manski, M. J. Austn. Neuroptera [Stilbopteryx brocki, n. sp.], 13 , 114, f.;
14 , 17

Marks E N Note on the mosquito fauna of the Noosa - Tewontin area,
13 , 54

— Obituary [Dr. Alfred Jefferis Turner], 13, 119

— Note on the mosquito fauna of the Dunwich area, 14 , 9

— C. T. White lecture, 14 , (5) 19

— A visit to Murray and Darnley Is., 14 , 1 1 2, f.

— Horizons of Taxonomy, 15 , 7

— Mosquitoes of the Tewantin district, 15 , 43

— Further mosquito records from the Tewantin district, 15 , 65

Marks, E. O. A few notes on the geology and physiography of Moreton I.,
4, 92

— Geological notes taken on the Enoggera exc. [1924], 4 , 106

— Geological notes on the Easter exc. [1926, Stradbroke 1.1, 5 , 91

— Streams and their past, 6 , 24, f.

— Canungra exc., Easter, 1928. Geological notes, 6 , 73

— Candle Mtn. exc.. May, 1 929. Geological notes, 7 , 27

— Mt. Edwards exc., Easter, 1934. Geological notes, 9 , 34

— ■ Easter exc., 1935. Geology of the upper Nerang Valley, 9 , 78

— Upper Albert R., Easter, 1936. Geological notes, 10 , 5

— Upper Albert R. and Notional Park, Easter exc., 1939. Geological

notes, 1 1 , 45

— Excursion in local geological history, 12 , 72
Marshall, T. C. Monsters of the deep, 8, 40

Martin, M., and Winks, B. A note on the algal food of three marine fish
from Qd., 15 , 79 r, -i

Mayo, Mrs. W. M. (L. M.). Birds of the Bay [Moreton Bay], 3 , 4

— Some birds of Stradbroke 1. of to-day, 4 , 23

— Some birds of the Albert R., 4 , 52

The white-winged black tern (Chlidonias leucoptera), 5 , 47

■ — ‘ "Orange" birds, 6 , 18

— Mimicry amongst birds, 6, 51

Bird notes on Bribie I. and the Pumice Stone Passage, 9 , 12

Random bird notes. Mangrove canary (Gerygone cantator), 10 , 37

G. H. Barker, & W. B. Alexander. List of birds seen at Stradbroke I.,

June 1 923, 4 , 43 , , , \

Messmer, Mrs. C. A. Notes on a rare Atherine (Rhadinocentrus ornatus)
found upon Moreton I., 4 , 95

Nebe, J, A naturalist's holiday on the Great Barrier Reef, 6, 102, f.

Roentgen or X-rays; their production and properties, 7 , 62

— A second holiday on the Barrier Reef Is., 8, 54

— Nature's way and harmony, 8, 66 , n n m on x

Nicholls, W. H. A new species of the genus Pterostylis R. Br., 10, 39, t.

Ogilby, J. D. Bulwer, Moreton I., Sept, exc., 1908. Ichthyology, 1 , 66

— Ichthyological notes, 2 , 29

Owen, D. The name "Glass Houses", 1 , 184

Perkins, F. A. Entomology for Qd. naturalists, 9 , 22
— Entomology at Mt. Edwards, 9 , 43 , , ki \/ n

"Glow-worms" and other insects collected at Nummbah, Nerang Valley,

Easter exc., 1935, 9 , 84 c i

Upper Albert R. and National Park, Easter exc,, 1939. Entomology,

Notes on Peripatoides (Peripatus) leuckorti Sanger, 11 , 47

115

digram, F. The Qd. Spirogyra, 1, 96, f.

i^ichards, H. C. Notes on the vent structures and jointing of the municipal
quarry, Toowoomba, Qd., 2 , 94

— Geology of the Coolum area, 10 , 102

^iek E F. Report on zoology (Arthropoda), Running Ck. exc., Easter,
1941, 12 , 12

Rupp, H. M. R. Notes on certain species of Dendrobium, 9, 51, f.

— Notes on two closely allied Dendrobs, 9 , 61, f.

— A new orchid for S. Qd., Acianthus ledwardii, n. sp., 10 , 113, f
— ■ Dendrobium schncideroe Bail. A new northern form, 11, 3

— A distinctive form of Caladenic cornea R. Br., 11 , 86, f.

— A previouslv undescribed orchid from N. Qd. [Saccolabium tierneyanum

n. sp.l, 12 , 18. f.

— Note on Dendrobium corrii Rupp & White, 12 , 19

— Notes on Pterostylis daintreyana and P. parviflora in Qd., 12 , 35

— A new terrestrial orchid for S. Qd. Prasophyllum parvicallum n. sp.,

12 , 52, f.

— Dendrobium cdae F. M. Boiley, 12 , 114, f.

— A new species of Dendrobium from N. Qd., 12 , 115, f.

— Dendrobium ad^e F. M. Bailey and D. ancorarium Rupp: a dimorphic

species? 13 , 12

— A missing Pterostylis, 13 , 56, f.

— ■ Oberonia muelleriana Schitr., 13 , 116

— & C. T. White. Two new Dendrobs for N. Qd., 10 , 25, 50

Sanders, D. F. Fish at Somerset Dam - Stanley R., 13 , 88
Shaw, A. E. Supella supellectillium Serville: o cockroach not before
recorded for Aust., 4 , 1 1 5 ,

Shearwin, E, H. Notes on the life history of the moth, Antheraea eucalypti,
1 , 277

Shirley, J. Tamborine Mtn., 1 , 46

— Charles Robert Darwin, 1 , 84

— Bribie I. exc., April, 1915. Mollusco collected, 2 , 35

— Tamborine Mtn. exc., May, 1915. Shells collected, 2 , 37

— Mollusca from Euri Ck., Bowen, 2 , 45

— A new fossil plant, 2 , 82

— On two introduced slugs, 2 , 87

— Land shells of the Qd. National Park, 3 , 32, f.

Simmonds, J. H. A little known parasitic flowering plant, 14 , 66, f.
Skertchly, S. B. J. The Brisbane Tertiaries, 1 , 28, f., 50

— The so-called "imperfection of the geological record", 1 , 125

— Notes on the geology of Rosewood, 1 , 232

— A note on the use of cycad wood for brake-blocks, 5, 30

— Notes on a bambu borer, 5 , 75

Smales, M., & C. P. Ledward. Notes on the life-histories of some Lycaenid
butterflies [Part 2, with notes on some skippers], 12 , 14, 47
Smith, E. J. Journey of Logan, Cunningham end Fraser near Mt. Alford
township, 14 , 34

— The basket nest spider, Saccodomus formivorus, 15 , 15, f.

— Cootharaba Lake and the wreck of the "Stirling Castle", 15 , 41
Smith, J. C. Exc. to Dunwich, Easter, 1948, 14 , 8

— Our first fifty years, 15 , 72

Smith, L. S. Henslowia - an addition to the Austn. genera of Santalaceae,
14 , 62, f.

Thomson, Mrs. E. The contribution of some women to the study of botany,
8, 34

Tindale, N. B. A microlithic mounted stone engraver from W. Qd., 12 ,
83, f.

116

Tryon, H. Linnaeus and Buffon, 1, 4

— The spine-tailed swift (Chaetura coudacuta) and its food, 1 , 38

— Notes on night-singing birds, 1, 41

— On birds observed during the exc. to Sankey's scrub, Aug., 1908, 1 , 56

— The occurrence of Diatomaceous rock in S. Qd. 1, 59

— Glimpses of the Cairns fern world, 1, 60

— Brush-tailed phascogale (Phascogale penicillata), 1 , 62

— Notes accompanying exhibits, etc.; (1) Leaf-toil lizard (Gymnodactylus);

(2) Children's Liasis snake; (3) Glossopteris In Trias-Jura rocks, 1 , 108

— Bulwer, Moreton I., Sept, exc., 1908. Conchology, 1, 70

— Glass House Mts. exc., April/May, 1910. Termites (white ants) and

Myriopoda-Chilopoda, 1 , 155

— An insect importation under an unusual mode of occurrence, 1, 165

— Meteoric stones, with reference to discoveries in Qd., 1, 167

— Notes on fungus parasites from Newmarket, 1, 181

— Strange idiosyncrasies of a corella (Licmetis nasica), 1, 189

— The naturalization of an exotic ant (Pheidole megacephala Fab.), 1,

224

— Biology: the science of living things, 1, 241

— Rowland lllidge, 7 , 1 3, f.

— Thomas Lane Bancroft, naturalist, 9 , 25, f.

— & E. Jarvis. Rocklea exc., Oct., 1909. Report on entomology, 1, 123

— & R. lllidge. Report on the Sandgate exc., Mar., 1910. Ornithological

and entomological notes, 1 , 144

— See lllidge, R., & — .

— ■ See Weatherill, W., & — .

Turner, A. J. An entomologist In the interior, 3, 17, 40

— Amalie Dietrich - a forgotten naturalist, 8, 82

Watson, C. J. J. Notes on the growth of the grey mangrove (Avicennia)
in the upper Brisbane R., 6, 83

Weatherill, W. E. Description of a new Pseudogerygone from S.E. Qd.,

1, 74

— ‘ Note on the nesting habits of the Qd. canary, Pseudogerygone cantator
(Weatherill), 1 , 151

— ■ Birds of the Glass House Mts. district, 1, 156

— Field notes on birds observed about midway between Terror's Ck, and

Mt. Mee during Sept., 1910, 1 , 186

— & H. Tryon. Bulwer, Moreton I., Sept, exc., 1908. Ornithology, 1, 67
Wedd, J. Notes on the flora of Wellington Pt., 1, 43

— Exc. to Bennett's scrub, April, 1909, 1, 104

— Exc. to Newmarket, Oct., 1910. Report on botany, 1, 177

— ■ & C. T. White. List of the plants collected at Glass House Mts., Sept.,
1909, 1 , 119

— & — Glass House Mts. exc., April/May, 1910. Botany, 1, 154
White, C. T. List of plants secured during Sankey's scrub exc., 1 , 56
— • Bulwer, Moreton I., Sept, exc., 1908. Botany, 1, 70

— Botanic notes, 1 , 204, f., 258; 2 , 21, 65

— Brief report on the botany of the exc. to Buderim Mtn., Easter, 1916,

2, 67

— Report on the botany of exc. to Myora, Stradbroke I., Easter, 1917,

2 , 67

— Two interesting fungi, 2 , 80, f.

— A rare and beautiful native Tecoma, 2 , 99, f.

— Botany of Stradbroke 1., 2, 124

— Four notable native plants, 3, 14, f.

— Three interesting fungi, 3, 37, f.

— Notes on mistletoes, 3, 39

— Net fungi, 3, 64, f.

— Burny vine, 4 , 32

— A reputed blue-flowering variety of Portulaca bicolor, 4 , 40

— The Eucalypts or gum trees of the Brisbane district, 4 , 67, 109; 5 , 12,

43, 51, 94; 6, 78; 7 , 36; 8 , 52, 80; 9 , 8, 31, 1 14; 10 , 72. f.

— Flora of Moreton I., 4 , 86

— A brief history of the Naturalists' Club movement in Qd,, 5 , 73

— A previously undescribed Dodonaea from S.E. Qd., 6, 13

— Report on the botany of the Elimbah exc., Sept., 1926, 6 , 14

— Botanising in Tasmania, 8 , 38

— Botany of Mt. Edwards and district. General, 9 , 36

— The structure and classification of Qd. orchids, 9 , 55

— An Austn, plant in the Bermudas, 9 , 1 1 5

— Obituary. Albert Morris, 11 , 73

— A rare Lycopod from the Lamington National Park, S.E. Qd., 12 , 32, f.

— On two interesting species of Marsdenia (Family Asclepiadaceae), 12 , 54

— Wattles or Acacias of the Brisbane district, 12 , 107

— Report on the botany of the Mt. Alford exc., 14 , 35

— A previously undescribed Pomaderris from S.E. Qd., 14 , 48

— See Chisholm, A. H., & — .

— See Rupp, H. M. R., & — .

— See Wedd, J., & — .

Whitehouse, F. W. Notes on the fossils found on the exc. to Darra, April,
1929, 7 , 30

— The progress and the present needs of Qd. palaeontology, 7 , 80

— The Austn. aboriginal as a collector of fossils, 13 , 100.

Woods, J. T. Notes on rocks, 14 , 30, 77

Young, H. E. The romance of the Bunya tree, 11 , 4, f.

— Mycorhizas, 11, 121, f.

Young, J. E.. Some N. Qd. birds, 3 , 30

— Lakes and middens on Stradbroke I., 6, 4

— Bird notes from Stradbroke !., 6 , 17

— Report on the exc. to Canungra, Easter, 1928. General, 6 , 72

— Notes on the natural history of Low I., the home of the Barrier Reef

scientific expedition, 7 , 6, f.

— General report on Easter outing (1930) to Canungra, 7 , 95

— The large-leaved or giant stinging tree, 8 , 21, f.

— The red cedar, 8 , 71, f.

— Birds of the Bunya Mts., 9 , 46

— The fauna of the Lamington National Park, 10 , 50

— Nature in relentless mood, 10 , 77

— Upper Albert R. and National Park, Easter exc., 1939. General account,

11 , 41; Ornithology, 11,42

— Some bird assemblings, 11 , 101

— The gathering together of non-migratory birds, 14 , 15

1

i

I

1

i]-

■i

/

f

r

V ■' -'^C: ' '

\ ,r.

■; ' '1. i/*,t V;

^ >-'V :

• ••■ ; .!